WO2024055822A1 - 一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质 - Google Patents

一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024055822A1
WO2024055822A1 PCT/CN2023/114312 CN2023114312W WO2024055822A1 WO 2024055822 A1 WO2024055822 A1 WO 2024055822A1 CN 2023114312 W CN2023114312 W CN 2023114312W WO 2024055822 A1 WO2024055822 A1 WO 2024055822A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
card
area
target area
target
pile
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/114312
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
许多
黄丽薇
Original Assignee
荣耀终端有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 荣耀终端有限公司 filed Critical 荣耀终端有限公司
Publication of WO2024055822A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024055822A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0485—Scrolling or panning
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451—Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
    • G06F9/54—Interprogram communication

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic equipment, and in particular, to an information display method, electronic equipment and storage medium.
  • notification information (or reminder information or push information) to users in the form of cards in the display interface.
  • the notification information may be notification information from an application for which the user has given notification permission through the settings of the electronic device, such as text messages, itinerary information, ride code information, etc.
  • the electronic device will display the notification information based on the importance (or priority) of each notification information in different scenarios. Different cards are displayed in different scenarios. In a certain scenario, if the user also needs to view other required notification information, he will need to go through tedious operations to find the required notification information. It can be seen that the efficiency of human-computer interaction in the existing card display method is low, and the user experience is not good enough.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide an information display method, electronic device, and storage medium, which can improve the efficiency of human-computer interaction in electronic devices displaying notification information and improve user experience.
  • this application provides an information display method, applied to an electronic device.
  • the method may include: the electronic device displays a first desktop, a first basic card is displayed in a first sub-area of a target area of the first desktop, and the target The second sub-area of the area displays the second basic card; the first basic card displays the content of the system application, and the second basic card displays the content of the second system application; the first basic card and the second basic card are displayed in the target area
  • the electronic device if the electronic device newly generates the first card, the first card is displayed in the target area; the first card is used to display the first notification information; the first basic card and the second basic card are displayed in the target area
  • the electronic device displays the third card and the fourth card in the target area; where, the third card The card is used to display the third notification information, and the fourth card is used to display the fourth notification information; parallel association means that
  • the electronic device in addition to displaying a single card separately in the target area, can also display two cards in the target area at the same time when two parallel-associated or subordinate-associated cards are generated, so that the user can view more required notification information in a timely manner, reduce the user's operations, enhance the efficiency of human-computer interaction, and improve the user's experience.
  • the method further includes: when the first card is displayed in the target area, if the electronic device set up The preparation generates a second card, and the second card is associated with the first card in parallel or subordinately, then the electronic device displays the second card in the first sub-area of the target area, and displays the second card in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • One card; the second card is used to display the second notification information.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device generates a newly generated card that is associated with an existing card, it can promptly display the newly generated card, allowing the user to see new notification information that matches the scenario in a timely manner, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the electronic device displays the first card in the target area, including: the electronic device covers the first card on the first basic card and the second basic card to form a first card stack. ;
  • the first card pile includes two layers, the bottom layer of the first card pile includes the first basic card and the second basic card, and the top layer of the first card pile includes the first card.
  • the first basic card in the first card pile, is in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the bottom layer, and the second basic card is in the bottom layer corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area. In the area of the second sub-area; the first card is in the area of the top layer corresponding to the target area.
  • the electronic device displays the second card in the first sub-area of the target area, and displays the first card in the second sub-area of the target area, including: the electronic device displays the first card Zoom out to be the same as the second basic card, and display the first card in the second sub-area of the target area; during the process of reducing the first card, the electronic device increases the size of the second card and displays it in the target area according to the preset step size part of the first sub-area of middle.
  • the first card that previously occupied the target area alone can be reduced and displayed, and then the second card can be displayed in the vacant part of the target area, so that the user can see the associated cards at the same time.
  • Two cards because the existing first card will be reduced and displayed in the second sub-area of the target area, the newly-appeared second card will be placed in the first sub-area, so that when the user sees the association
  • the second sub-area here may be a part of the area that is determined through statistics to be viewed most frequently by users when looking at the electronic device.
  • the method further includes: electronically The device obtains the first deletion event for the first card to be deleted in the top layer of the target card pile; the first card to be deleted is one of the two cards in the top layer of the target card pile that are associated in parallel; if the electronic device responds to In the first deletion event, the first to-be-deleted card is no longer displayed in the target area, and the first to-be-independent card in the top layer of the target card pile that is associated with the first to-be-deleted card is increased until the first to-be-independent card is completely covered. Top of target card pile.
  • the method when there is a target card pile consisting of at least two cards in the target area, and there are two subordinate cards on the top level of the target card pile, the method further includes: an electronic device Obtain the second deletion event for the second to-be-deleted card in the top layer of the target card pile; the second to-be-deleted card If the second card to be deleted is the main card among the two cards with a subordinate association at the top of the target card pile, the electronic device responds to the second Delete the event, display the next layer of the top layer of the target card pile in the target area, and no longer display the two cards that are subordinate to the top layer of the target card pile.
  • the first basic card in the first card pile, is in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the bottom layer, and the second basic card is in the bottom layer corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the first card In the area of the second sub-area; the first card is in the area of the second sub-area in the top layer corresponding to the target area.
  • the first card that independently occupies one layer of the card stack can be given more display space, allowing users to see richer content. , improve the user experience.
  • the electronic device displays the second card in the first sub-area of the target area, and displays the first card in the second sub-area of the target area, including: the electronic device follows a preset step Increase the portion of the second card covering the first base card until the second card is completely displayed in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the method when there is a target card pile consisting of at least two cards in the target area, and there are two parallel-associated cards at the top of the target card pile, the method further includes: electronically The device obtains a third deletion event for the third card to be deleted in the top layer of the target card pile; the third card to be deleted is one of the two cards in the top layer of the target card pile that are associated in parallel; the electronic device responds to the third Delete the event and no longer display the third card to be deleted in the target area.
  • the electronic device responds to the third deletion event and no longer displays the third card to be deleted in the target area.
  • the method also includes: the electronic device moves the second to-be-independent card that is associated with the third to-be-deleted card in the top layer of the target card pile in parallel to the second sub-area of the target area for display.
  • the electronic device will combine the top layer of the target card pile with the third card to be deleted. After the parallel-associated second independent card is moved to the second sub-area of the target area for display, the first basic card is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the top layer of the target card pile is a card that is displayed independently
  • the first sub-area of the target area is empty or transparent.
  • the next layer of the top layer is revealed. of cards. If the layer below the top layer is one of the two associated cards, the user will think that the card displayed independently on the top layer is related to the card displayed transparently on the next layer, causing user misunderstanding. Based on the above solution, this problem can be solved point.
  • the method when there is a target card pile consisting of at least two cards in the target area, and there are two subordinately associated cards at the top of the target card pile, the method further includes: electronically The device obtains the fourth deletion event for the fourth card to be deleted in the top layer of the target card pile; the fourth card to be deleted is one of the two cards with a subordinate association at the top layer of the target card pile; if the fourth card to be deleted is If the card is the main card among the two cards with a subordinate association on the top layer of the target card pile, the electronic device responds to the fourth deletion event and displays the next layer of the top layer of the target card pile in the target area, and no longer displays the target card pile. There are two related cards on the top level of .
  • the application provides an electronic device, which includes: a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory, and the processor are coupled; wherein, the memory stores computer program code, and the computer program The code includes computer instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the electronic device to perform the information display method as provided in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that includes computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the information display method provided in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product contains executable instructions.
  • the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the information display method provided in the first aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene in which an electronic device displays notification information provided by the prior art
  • Figure 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the software architecture of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4 is a desktop schematic diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 is a desktop schematic diagram of another electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6 is a desktop schematic diagram of another electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of desktop division of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of a card stack provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of a scene in which an electronic device adds a stack of cards according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for restoring the content of a first basic card provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for restoring the content of a second basic card provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a scene of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of a card stacking method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a third schematic diagram of a scenario of an information display method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram 4 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another card stacking method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic diagram 5 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram 6 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 21 is a schematic diagram 7 of a scene of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic diagram 8 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram 9 of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram 10 of a scene of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram 11 of a scene of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of a scenario 12 of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram of a thirteenth scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of a fourteenth scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram fifteen of a scenario of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 30 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 32 is a schematic diagram three of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 33 is a schematic diagram 4 of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 34 is a schematic diagram 5 of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 35 is a schematic diagram 6 of a scenario in which a newly generated card is inserted into a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of switching the top card in a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 37 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario of switching the top card in a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 38 is a schematic diagram of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic diagram 2 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 40 is a schematic diagram three of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram 4 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram 5 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram 6 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic diagram 7 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 45 is a schematic diagram 8 of a card failure scenario provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 46 is a schematic diagram of a scenario in which a user deletes the top card of a card pile provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 47 is a schematic diagram 2 of a scenario in which a user deletes the top card of a card pile provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 48 is a schematic diagram 3 of a scenario in which a user deletes the top card of the card pile provided by the embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 49 is a schematic diagram 4 of a scenario in which a user deletes the top card of a card pile provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Figure 50 is a schematic diagram 5 of a scenario in which a user deletes the top card of a card pile according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of this embodiment, unless otherwise specified, “plurality” means two or more.
  • an embodiment means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment may be included in at least one embodiment of the application.
  • the appearances of this phrase in various places in the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same embodiment, nor are separate or alternative embodiments mutually exclusive of other embodiments. It will be explicitly and implicitly understood by those skilled in the art that the embodiments described herein may be combined with other embodiments.
  • the effective information pushed by the electronic device to the user is also called notification information or push information.
  • the electronic device can display the notification information to the user in the form of a card (also called a widget, widget, component, component, etc.) in the display interface.
  • a card also called a widget, widget, component, component, etc.
  • Different cards can include notification information from different sources.
  • the information source may be a system notification service used in the electronic device to publish application (application, APP) related information.
  • the system notification service can receive notification information from other applications in the electronic device, and then display it in the form of a card on the display interface of the electronic device.
  • the application-related information may be information related to the application business.
  • the taxi-hailing application-related information may be taxi-hailing suggestion information
  • the express delivery application-related information may be pickup code information, etc.
  • the information source may also be an application in an electronic device that needs to publish notification information.
  • notification information For example, weather applications, taxi-hailing applications, instant messaging applications, online shopping applications, travel applications, calendar applications, sports and health applications, conferencing applications, etc.
  • the notification information of the weather application can be the time of day and weather information
  • the notification information of the taxi-hailing application can be taxi-hailing advice information
  • the notification information of the instant messaging application can be friend messages
  • the notification information of the online shopping application can be coupon push information, travel information, etc.
  • the notification information of the application can be flight information, notification information of the calendar application.
  • the notification information of the sports and health application may be the schedule information
  • the notification information of the sports and health application may be the amount of exercise information
  • the notification information of the meeting application may be the meeting reminder information of the day.
  • the notification information of each application here is only an example. In reality, there may be multiple types of notification information for a certain application, and this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the information source may also be the operating system of the electronic device.
  • the notification information of the operating system can be system update prompts, application usage time prompts, etc.
  • the electronic device is a mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone can display the interface 101 shown in (a) in Figure 1 .
  • the interface may be the desktop or the main interface of the mobile phone.
  • the interface 101 may display icons of applications installed on the mobile phone and a weather card 102 .
  • the weather card 102 can display information such as the current area, the time of the day, the date of the day, the weather of the area of the day, and so on.
  • flight information may include flight number, boarding time, landing time, check-in prompts, etc.
  • the electronic device can form a corresponding flight card based on the flight information, and as shown in (b) of Figure 1, the flight card 103 is displayed in the display area occupied by the weather card 102 in the interface 101, while the weather card 102 is hidden (that is, not Show the weather card again 102).
  • the flight information received by the electronic device can be displayed in the flight card 103, so that the user can intuitively and timely obtain the specific content of the notification information of the travel application from the flight card.
  • the electronic device may cover the flight card 103 on the weather card to hide the weather card 102 .
  • the electronic device can, after determining the priorities of all cards (or notification information displayed by the cards), sort all the cards according to the priorities to determine the current Which card to display. Subsequently, the priorities of all cards can be updated periodically, and the currently displayed cards can be changed based on the updated priorities. For example, take the cards that the electronic device currently needs to display include weather cards and flight cards. Because the weather card has a lower priority than the flight card, as shown in (b) of Figure 1, the mobile phone will display the flight card 103 at the current moment. The priority may be determined based on the time and/or location corresponding to the notification information displayed on the card, combined with the current time and location of the mobile phone.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device has multiple notification information that needs to be displayed in the form of cards, the electronic device will display the notification information in different scenarios according to the importance (or priority) of each notification information in different scenarios. Display different cards.
  • the scene is related to scene information such as time and location.
  • the electronic device may need to display multiple cards.
  • the electronic device is a mobile phone
  • the user sets a meeting for a certain time period of the day (for example, 14:00-18:00) in the conference application or calendar application of the mobile phone, and books a flight for the same time period in the travel application.
  • the travel application on the mobile phone will push flight information (corresponding to the flight card) at 12:00, and the meeting application will push the meeting reminder information of the day (corresponding to the meeting reminder card).
  • the mobile phone determines that the two notification messages have the same priority based on scene information such as the current time and location, and then randomly displays the card A corresponding to either notification message.
  • card B corresponding to another notification message will be displayed after card A is displayed for a certain period of time.
  • the user does not check the phone frequently, he may only see card A or only card B.
  • the user cannot see the required notification information in time, which may cause the user to miss important trips, which greatly reduces the cost of the trip.
  • User experience To take a step back, even if the user has the habit of performing a switching operation to switch the displayed cards on the phone every time he checks the phone, in order to view all cards. When there are many cards, the user will also need to perform multiple switching operations to view all the cards. Such frequent operations will also reduce the user experience.
  • the existing information display methods have low human-computer interaction efficiency and the user experience is not good enough.
  • this application provides an information display method, which can be applied to electronic equipment with a display screen.
  • a single card can be displayed individually, or two cards with the same priority or related notification information can be displayed at the same time.
  • electronic devices can display cards carrying notification information in a better way, efficiently display notification information that users currently need to view, reduce user operations, enhance human-computer interaction efficiency, and improve user experience.
  • the above-mentioned electronic devices may be mobile phones, tablet computers, wearable devices, vehicle-mounted devices, augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (VR) devices, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (Ultra- Mobile personal computers (UMPC), netbooks, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDAs) and other devices with display screens.
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • UMPC ultra-mobile personal computers
  • netbooks personal digital assistants
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • PDAs personal digital assistants with display screens.
  • the embodiments of this application do not place any restrictions on the specific types of electronic devices.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by this application.
  • the electronic device may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142.
  • Antenna 1 antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, display screen 193 , subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 194, camera 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor, a gyroscope sensor, an air pressure sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, etc.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, And/or neural network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU And/or neural network processing unit
  • different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • a controller can be the nerve center and command center of an electronic device.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals based on the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have been recently used or recycled by processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instructions or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated access is avoided and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces may include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous receiver and transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, etc.
  • Display 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED organic light-emitting diode
  • FLED flexible light-emitting diode
  • Miniled MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Touch sensor also known as "touch device”.
  • the touch sensor can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor and the display screen 193 form a touch screen, which is also called a "touch screen”. Touch sensors are used to detect touches on or near them.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the touch event type.
  • Visual output related to the touch operation may be provided through the display screen 193 .
  • the touch sensor may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device at a location different from that of the display screen 193 .
  • the touch sensor can detect the user's first touch operation on the stacking area of multiple cards, and transmit the information of the first touch operation to the processor 110, and the processor 110 analyzes the first touch The operation corresponds to the function performed, such as expanding and switching the cards displayed on top.
  • Pressure sensors are used to sense pressure signals and convert pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the pressure sensor may be disposed on the display screen 193 .
  • pressure sensors such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc.
  • a capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates of conductive material. When a force acts on a pressure sensor, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 10 determines the intensity of the pressure based on the change in capacitance. When a touch operation is performed on the display screen 193, the electronic device 10 detects the strength of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor. The electronic device 10 may also calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor.
  • touch operations acting on the same touch location but with different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When there is a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to When the touch operation at the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, the instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object passes through the lens to produce an optical image that is projected onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element can be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then passes the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other format image signals.
  • the electronic device may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device can realize the shooting function through ISP, camera 193, video codec, GPU, display screen 194 and application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a photo, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera sensor through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera sensor passes the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be provided in the camera 193.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the frequency point energy.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • Electronic devices may support one or more video codecs.
  • the mobile phone can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG)1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, etc.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external non-volatile memory to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device.
  • the external non-volatile memory communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in external non-volatile memory.
  • the internal memory 121 may include one or more random access memories (RAM) and one or more non-volatile memories (NVM).
  • the random access memory can be directly read and written by the processor 110, can be used to store executable programs (such as machine instructions) of the operating system or other running programs, and can also be used to store user and application data, etc.
  • the non-volatile memory can also store executable programs and user and application program data, etc., and can be loaded into the random access memory in advance for direct reading and writing by the processor 110.
  • the internal memory 121 may store picture files or video files recorded by the electronic device in single-lens shooting or multi-lens shooting modes.
  • FIG. 2 is only an exemplary illustration when the electronic device is in the form of a mobile phone. If the electronic device is a tablet, handheld computer, PC, PDA, wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet) and other device forms, the structure of the electronic device may include fewer components than shown in Figure 2 The structure may also include more structures than those shown in Figure 2, which are not limited here.
  • the software system of the above-mentioned electronic device can adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of this application uses a layered architecture
  • the system is taken as an example to illustrate the software architecture of the electronic device.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has clear roles and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the software architecture of the electronic device provided by this application may include from top to bottom: application layer, application framework layer, Android runtime (Android runtime) and system library, and kernel layer .
  • the application layer may include a series of target applications installed in the electronic device.
  • the above target applications can include calls, text messages, music, file managers, galleries, browsers, memos, calendars, emails, etc.
  • the target application can be a system application of the electronic device or a third-party application, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the application layer may also include a desktop application (Launcher).
  • desktop applications can run permanently in the Android system as core applications.
  • Launcher as the launcher of the Android system, can perform basic management of installed applications, such as deleting or displaying applications, etc.
  • the desktop application can pre-divide the display interface of the electronic device (such as the desktop) into multiple grid units of the same size, and these grid units can be aligned to form a complete display interface.
  • Desktop applications can be laid out and displayed in the display interface with a grid unit as the smallest unit.
  • the desktop application can divide the desktop 401 into 4*6 grid units 402.
  • the desktop application can display cards corresponding to the two system applications on the desktop 401 .
  • the desktop application may display a weather card 403 corresponding to the weather application and a sports card 404 corresponding to the sports and health application.
  • the size of the weather card 403 and the sports card 404 on the desktop 401 may be 2*2, that is, the weather card 403 and the sports card 404 each occupy 4 grid units 402 and are displayed on the desktop 401.
  • the weather card 402 can display the time and weather conditions of the day where the mobile phone is located, and the sports card 403 can display the sports status of the user holding the mobile phone.
  • the desktop application may also display cards corresponding to any other feasible system applications, and the same applies to subsequent embodiments. There are no specific restrictions on this application.
  • the user may set a resident area (such as Beijing) in the weather application. Afterwards, if the user takes the phone to other areas (such as Berlin), the weather card will display the time and weather conditions in the home area and the area where the phone is currently located. For example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 4 , the weather card 407 may display the current time and weather in Beijing (ie, the resident area) and Berlin (ie, the area where the mobile phone is currently located). In some examples, the weather card 407 shown in (b) of Figure 4 may be referred to as a dual-clock weather card.
  • the weather card 403 shown in FIG. 4(a) displayed by the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application is no longer transparent.
  • the information that needs to be displayed will also be abbreviated accordingly.
  • Thursday displayed in the weather card 102 becomes Thursday in the weather card 403.
  • the weather card in the embodiment of the present application will no longer display information that some users may not care about.
  • the air quality (eg, air volume) as in the weather card 102 may no longer be displayed in the weather card 403 .
  • the electronic device is a foldable screen mobile phone, and the foldable screen mobile phone is in a folded state and uses the outer screen as the display.
  • the desktop application can divide the desktop 501 into 5*6 grid units 502.
  • the desktop application in the initial state, can display the weather card 503 and the sports card 504 corresponding to the sports and health application on the desktop 501.
  • the size of the weather card 503 on the desktop 501 may be 2*2, that is, the weather card 503 occupies the size of 4 grid cells 502 and is displayed on the desktop 501.
  • the size of the sports card 504 on the desktop 501 may be 3*2, that is, the sports card 504 occupies 6 grid cells 502 and is displayed on the desktop 501 .
  • the desktop application may display a dual-clock weather card 505 on the desktop 501 .
  • the reason for generating the dual-clock weather card 505 can refer to the relevant expressions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the desktop application can divide the desktop 601 into 5*6 grid units 602. .
  • the desktop application in the initial state, can display the weather card 603 and the sports card 604 corresponding to the sports and health application on the desktop 601 .
  • the size of the weather card 603 on the desktop 601 may be 2*2, that is, the weather card 603 occupies the size of 4 grid cells 602 and is displayed on the desktop 601.
  • the size of the sports card 604 on the desktop 601 may be 3*2, that is, the sports card 604 occupies the size of 6 grid cells 602 and is displayed on the desktop 601.
  • the desktop application may display a dual-clock weather card 605 on the desktop 601 .
  • the reason for generating the dual-clock weather card 605 can refer to the relevant expressions in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be described again here.
  • the number of grid units that the desktop is divided into can also be set by the user.
  • the style of the grid units for dividing the desktop of ordinary non-folding screen mobile phones and folding screen mobile phones can also be the same. This application does not impose specific restrictions on this. .
  • the area where the weather cards and sports cards are displayed on the desktop of the electronic device can be called the target area, and the area where the weather cards are displayed in the target area becomes the first sub-area.
  • the area where the sports cards are displayed is called the second sub-area.
  • the desktop of the electronic device may have multiple switching areas and one resident area. Different content can be displayed in each switching area, such as icons of different applications.
  • the mobile phone can switch the currently displayed switching area to another switching area in response to the sliding operation. Icons of fixed applications are displayed in the resident area, and users cannot switch the resident area, but they can change the icons of applications displayed in the resident area.
  • the desktop divided into grid units mentioned in the embodiments of this application may specifically refer to the switching area in the desktop. For example, taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example, as shown in (a) of FIG.
  • the desktop of the mobile phone displays a first switching area 701 and a resident area 702 .
  • the mobile phone can receive the left sliding operation performed by the user on the first switching area 701.
  • the mobile phone can switch the first switching area 701 to the second switching area 703 .
  • the content displayed in the second switching area 703 is different from that of the first switching area 701 .
  • the desktop application can receive notification information from the target application, and display the target card corresponding to the notification information in the display interface based on the notification information. For example, after receiving the flight information sent by the travel application, the desktop application can form a corresponding flight card based on the flight information, and display the flight card in the display area occupied by the weather card and sports card, while hiding the weather card and sports card. Sports cards.
  • the desktop application may specifically cover the flight card on the weather card and/or sports card, that is, display the flight card in the first area and/or the second area to hide the weather card and sports card. The purpose of the card.
  • the flight information may be sent to the electronic device when the server to which the travel application belongs detects that the boarding time in the flight order corresponding to the electronic device is less than or equal to a preset time from the current time.
  • the flight order business of the travel application itself may be based on other servers, for example, based on the server to which China Railway's 12306 application belongs.
  • the flight information can be obtained after the travel application obtains the flight order of the electronic device from the server to which the 12306 application belongs.
  • the travel application can send the flight information to the electronic device based on the flight order under specific circumstances (for example, the current local time of the boarding time is less than or equal to the preset time period).
  • the cards displayed in the display interface of the desktop application may be interactive cards.
  • the suggestion card may provide a startup interface for starting application 1.
  • the electronic device receives the user's triggering operation on the card, it can display an application interface in the application program 1.
  • the electronic device evaluates that the content displayed on the card is no longer needed for the user to view, the electronic device can also delete the card or hide the card. For example, after receiving the user's operation on the card or the real-time scene no longer matches the push information of the card, the card can be deleted or hidden.
  • the desktop application can generate and display a card from the notification information that satisfies the preset conditions (which can be determined by the artificial intelligence program of the electronic device).
  • the preset conditions can be determined based on the scene in which the electronic device is currently located. For example, when the electronic device determines that the current time is 11:00, and at the same time receives notification information, there is a boarding time corresponding to a certain flight information (for example, 13:00) that is less than the preset time (for example, 3 hours) from the current time. Then it is determined that the notification information needs to be generated as a card and displayed.
  • the preset conditions can be determined based on the scene in which the electronic device is currently located. For example, when the electronic device determines that the current time is 11:00, and at the same time receives notification information, there is a boarding time corresponding to a certain flight information (for example, 13:00) that is less than the preset time (for example, 3 hours) from the current time.
  • it can also be any other feasible determination method
  • the desktop application may include a management module and a display module.
  • the management module is used to manage all notification information from the target application. For example, determine the priority of notification information, determine the size and location of the card corresponding to the notification information, etc.
  • the management module can send the notification information that needs to be displayed to the display module for display.
  • the management module can determine the priority of the corresponding card based on the content of the notification information that needs to be displayed in the display interface and the preset priority determination rules (for example, the closer the time corresponding to the notification information is to the current time, the higher the priority) levels and create a priority list.
  • the notification information may include time information and/or geographical location information.
  • the time information may be a certain time (for example, 8:00 am) or a certain time period (for example, 8:00 am to 10:00 am).
  • the geographical location information can be a certain place or a certain area.
  • the preset priority determination rule can be: the closer the time information in the notification information in the suggestion card is to the current time, the higher the priority of the suggestion card; the closer the time information corresponding to the notification letter in the suggestion card is to the current location of the mobile phone , the higher the priority of the recommended card.
  • the preset priority determination rules may also include other determination conditions. For example, the higher the priority of the application to which the notification time in the suggestion card belongs, the higher the priority of the suggestion card. For example, the suggestion The earlier the card is created, the lower the priority. This application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the notification information that currently needs to be displayed by the electronic device is time weather information of the weather application, exercise information of the sports and health application, and flight information of the travel application.
  • the electronic device can determine that weather cards and sports cards are created earliest, and weather applications and sports and health applications have lower priority than travel applications. So it can be confirmed The priority of scheduled flight cards is higher than that of weather cards and sports cards.
  • the priorities of weather cards and sports cards can be equal.
  • Table 2 a priority list can be obtained as shown in Table 2 below.
  • the card with a higher priority has a larger corresponding priority value.
  • the priority value of the flight card in Table 2 above will be adjusted to make it the largest.
  • the management module After the management module determines the priorities of all cards that currently need to be displayed, it can generate and display a card pile based on the priorities of all cards. The higher the priority card, the higher the level in the card pile, that is, the highest priority card will be at the top of the card pile to be displayed in the display interface, and the other cards will be stacked below the card in sequence.
  • the desktop application can also set a corresponding retention period for each card, that is, how long each card can exist in the card pile. After a card reaches the retention period, the corresponding card will be automatically deleted.
  • the retention period may be determined by the desktop application based on the notification information corresponding to the card, or may be information directly carried in the notification information. This application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the management module can control the display module to generate a card pile in the target area 801 on the desktop.
  • the weather card 802 exists in the area of the first sub-area 8011 of the target area at the bottom of the card pile
  • the sports card 803 exists in the area 8012 of the second sub-area of the target area at the bottom of the card pile 802.
  • the card pile 803 The top layer of 802 displays flight card 804.
  • the card pile diagram shown in (a) in Figure 8 is only to illustrate the card pile result. In fact, in this scenario, the only flight cards that the user can completely see on the desktop of the electronic device are.
  • the management module can control the display module to generate a card pile in the target area 801 on the desktop.
  • the weather card 802 exists in the area at the bottom of the card pile corresponding to the first sub-area 8011 of the target area
  • the sports card 803 exists in the area at the bottom of the card pile corresponding to the second sub-area 8012 of the target area.
  • the uppermost area of the card stack corresponding to the second sub-area 8012 of the target area is the flight card 807
  • the area of the uppermost layer 806 of the card stack 802 corresponding to the first sub-area 8011 of the target area is empty or transparent.
  • the management module can re-determine the priorities of all suggested cards every fixed period of time (for example, 10 minutes), and update the levels of all cards in the card pile according to the priorities of all suggested cards.
  • the fixed duration may be a default value or set by the user. For example, card A in the card pile currently has the highest priority and is displayed at the top of the card pile. After 10 minutes, the priority of the A card becomes the second highest priority in the card pile, and the B card becomes the highest priority card, and the management module will display the B card at the top of the card pile. , the next layer of B card is A card.
  • the card in addition to periodically updating the priority of the card and thereby adjusting the level of the card in the card pile, the card can also be automatically displayed without adding a new card. Updates the priorities of all existing cards. Instead, different retention durations and display durations are set for different cards based on the notification information corresponding to the cards, and then the levels of all current cards are updated based on the retention durations and display durations. If you need to add a new card, you can repeat the above process after determining the priority of the new card.
  • the display duration refers to the duration that the card is displayed on the desktop, that is, the duration that the card is at the top of the card pile.
  • Retention duration refers to how long the card exists in the card pile or how long the card is kept on the table.
  • the card can be displayed or not displayed while it remains on the desktop. That is, the desktop application can place the card at the top of the card pile for display, or it can place the card at a level other than the top of the card pile and not display it, depending on the priority of all cards.
  • the display duration is less than or equal to the retention duration.
  • the desktop application displays card A at the top of the card pile for 3 minutes
  • the cards below card A can be displayed on the top of the card pile. , thereby hiding card A.
  • card A still remains in the card pile.
  • the user can switch the top card of the card pile to make card A appear at the top of the card pile again.
  • the desktop application can delete card A. After that, the user cannot switch to card A from the card pile. The same goes for other cards in the pile.
  • the management module in the desktop application can finally obtain a card display table as shown in Table 3 below.
  • the weather card and the sports card are cards of two system applications that are displayed on the desktop in the initial state, the information displayed by these two cards can be updated by the system application in real time. Therefore, the desktop application can always keep these two cards in the card pile, that is, their retention time does not exist or is infinite.
  • the desktop application can also receive update information of the target card from the target application, and update the content displayed in the target card displayed on the desktop based on the update information.
  • the desktop application can also receive deletion information of deleting the target card from the target application, and delete the target card of the electronic device on the desktop based on the deletion information.
  • the priority list shown in Table 2 and/or the display table shown in Table 3 may not exist. It only needs that the management module can determine the data in these two tables and can based on the data. Just control the display module to perform relevant display.
  • the data in the priority list shown in Table 2 and/or the display status table shown in Table 3 can also be generated by any other feasible module in the electronic device and then sent to the management module for use. This application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the application layer may also include a system notification service.
  • the system notification service can receive relevant information about the target card from the target application, and then send the relevant information to the desktop application, so that the desktop application can perform relevant operations based on the relevant information.
  • the relevant information may be the notification information of the target application in the aforementioned embodiment, and the relevant operation may be to display the target card corresponding to the notification information.
  • the relevant information may be the updated information of the target card in the previous embodiment, and the relevant operation may be to display the target card.
  • the relevant information may be the deletion information of the target card in the aforementioned embodiment, and in this case the relevant operation may be deletion of the target card.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • API application programming interface
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include an activity manager, a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a resource manager, an input method manager, etc.
  • activity manager can be used to manage the life cycle of each application.
  • Applications usually run in the operating system as activities.
  • the activity manager can schedule the application's activity process to manage the life cycle of each application.
  • a window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the display size, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, capture the screen, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make this data accessible to applications. Said data can include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone books, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, etc.
  • a view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the resource manager provides various resources to applications, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, etc.
  • the application framework layer may also include an input manager service.
  • the input management service is used to manage the user's operations on electronic devices (such as sliding operations, deletion operations, or click operations and other feasible operations), and through the window management service (window manager service, WMS), the user's operations on the mobile phone are The operations are fed back to the desktop application so that the desktop application can perform corresponding operations based on the user's operations on the mobile phone.
  • the input management service can receive the user's deletion operation of the target card displayed on the desktop, and feedback the deletion operation of the target card to the management module in the desktop application through the window management service, so that the management module controls the deletion operation in the desktop application.
  • the display module deletes the target card, that is, it no longer displays and retains the target card on the desktop.
  • the Android runtime includes core libraries and a virtual machine.
  • the Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function that needs to be called by the Java language, and the other part is the Android core library.
  • the application layer and application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and application framework layer into binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection and other functions.
  • System libraries can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media libraries (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing libraries (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engines (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the integration of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as static image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing. wait.
  • 2D Graphics Engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer at least includes a display driver, a camera driver, an audio driver, a sensor driver, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the information display method provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below, taking the electronic device as a mobile phone as an example.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flow chart of an information display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include S901-S904:
  • the mobile phone displays the first desktop; the first sub-area in the target area on the first desktop displays the first basic card, the second sub-area of the target area displays the second basic card, and the first basic card displays the first basic card.
  • the content of the system application the second basic card displays the content of the second system application.
  • the first desktop may be the negative screen of the mobile phone, or may be any switching area on the desktop of the mobile phone, such as the switching area in the main interface displayed after the mobile phone is turned on.
  • the first basic card can also be displayed in the second sub-area of the target area, and the second basic card can also be displayed in the first sub-area of the target area. This application does not specifically limit this.
  • the first system application can be any system application that can display content in the form of a card, such as a weather application.
  • the first basic card can be called a weather card.
  • the weather card can display the time of day and weather information for the area where the phone is currently located.
  • the second system application can be any system application in the mobile phone other than the first system application that can display content in the form of a card, such as a sports and health application.
  • the second basic card can be a sports card.
  • the exercise card can display the exercise status of the user holding the mobile phone that day.
  • the first basic card and the second basic card displayed in the target area of the first desktop may be created and displayed by default after the mobile phone is turned on.
  • the negative screen of the first desktop may display the first basic card in the first sub-area of the target area and the second basic card in the second sub-area of the target area by default.
  • the first basic card and the second basic card displayed in the target area of the first desktop may also be displayed in response to the user's operation of creating a card pile.
  • the electronic device For example, take the electronic device as a mobile phone, the first desktop as the main interface of the mobile phone, the first basic card as the weather card, and the second basic card as the sports card.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone displays the main interface 1001 , it can receive the preset operation of adding a window tool performed by the user on the main interface 1001 .
  • the preset operation may be a pinching operation with two fingers.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can display the tool menu 1002 as shown in (b) of Figure 10 in the main interface 1001.
  • the tools menu 1002 includes a tool option 1003 for adding window tools (or components).
  • the mobile phone can receive a triggering operation (such as a click operation) for the tool option 1003.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can display the preview window 1004 as shown in (c) of Figure 10 in the main interface 1001.
  • the user can slide left or right to View all current window tools that can be added to the main interface 1001 of the mobile phone.
  • the preview window 1004 includes a YOYO suggestion tool 1005 for intelligently displaying notification information in a card manner.
  • YOYO is the setting name of the smart assistant of the mobile phone, which can also be called a suggestion tool in practice. It's understandable, The embodiment of this application does not specifically limit the name of the YOYO suggestion tool 1005.
  • the specific style of the YOYO suggestion tool 1005 may be composed of weather cards and sports cards to prompt the user that when the YOYO suggestion tool 1005 is initially set on the main interface 1001 or there is no other notification information, the weather card and the sports card are displayed by default. Sports cards.
  • the mobile phone can receive a triggering operation (such as a click operation) for the YOYO suggestion tool 1005.
  • a triggering operation such as a click operation
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can display the YOYO suggestion tool 1005 in the target area of the main interface 1001 .
  • the weather card 1006 and the sports card 1007 are displayed tiled in the YOYO suggestion tool 1005, that is, the weather card 1006 is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area, and the target A sports card 1007 is displayed in the second sub-area of the area.
  • the target area may be a 4*2 cell-sized area at the top of the main interface 1001
  • the first sub-area may be a 2*2 cell-sized area on the left side of the target area
  • the second sub-area may be A 2*2 cell-sized area on the right side of the target area.
  • the left and right mentioned here are two opposite directions.
  • the corresponding direction of the left can be specifically the direction from the right border of the desktop to the left border of the desktop, and this direction is perpendicular to the left and right borders of the desktop. The same applies to subsequent similar scenarios and will not be repeated hereafter.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone displays the YOYO suggestion tool added by the user operation for the first time in the first desktop
  • the desktop application may display a guidance pop-up window.
  • the guidance pop-up window can display information to prompt the user about the functions of the YOYO suggestion tool, as well as the operation methods of switching cards and deleting cards.
  • the guidance pop-up window can also be displayed at any other feasible timing.
  • the first desktop is the main interface in the external screen of the folding screen mobile phone in the folded state
  • the target area is the 5*2 cell-sized area at the top of the main interface
  • the first sub-area can be the 2*2 cell-sized area on the left side of the target area
  • the second sub-area is It can be an area of 3*2 cells in the target area.
  • the first desktop is the main interface in the inner screen of the folding screen mobile phone in the unfolded state
  • the target area is the 5*2 cell-sized area at the top of the main interface
  • the first sub-area can be the 2*2 cell-sized area on the left side of the target area
  • the second sub-area is It can be an area of 3*2 cells in the target area.
  • the mobile phone may display a placeholder card 1102 in the first sub-area of the target area of the first desktop 1101, and the second sub-area in the target area.
  • Sports card 1103 is displayed in the sub-area.
  • multiple placeholders are displayed in the placeholder card.
  • the placeholder can be a rectangular block of any size.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the placeholder card 1102 and display the recovery pop-up window 1104 as shown in (b) of Figure 11 .
  • the recovery pop-up window 1104 a reminder can be displayed. Prompt message prompting the user to reinstall the weather application, for example: Do you want to restore the "Weather" application? The application has been uninstalled and needs to be restored before it can be used normally.
  • the recovery pop-up window 1104 also includes a cancel option 1105 and a recovery option 1106.
  • Recovery option 1106 is used to trigger the phone to reinstall the weather application and restore the placeholder card to a weather card.
  • the cancel option 1105 is used to trigger the mobile phone to cancel the display of the recovery pop-up window 1104.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the recovery option 1106.
  • the mobile phone can automatically reinstall the weather application, restore the placeholder card to the weather card, and display the first desktop 1101 as shown in (c) of Figure 11 .
  • a weather card 1107 is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the phone may not be able to install the weather application due to poor network conditions.
  • the mobile phone in response to the user's trigger operation on the recovery option 1106, the mobile phone will display a recovery failure reminder message 1108 as shown in (d) of Figure 11, for example: the "Weather" application recovery failed.
  • the mobile phone can also receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancel option 1105.
  • the mobile phone cancels the display of the recovery pop-up window 1104, that is, displays the first desktop 1101 as shown in (a) of Figure 11.
  • the mobile phone may display a placeholder card 1202 in the second sub-area in the target area of the first desktop 1201, and the first sub-area in the target area.
  • Weather card 1203 is displayed in the sub-area.
  • multiple placeholders are displayed in the placeholder card.
  • the placeholder can be a rectangular block of any size.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the placeholder card 1202 and display the recovery pop-up window 1204 as shown in (b) of Figure 12 .
  • the recovery pop-up window 1204 may display prompt information prompting the user to reinstall the weather application, for example: Do you want to restore the "Sports and Health" application? The application has been uninstalled and needs to be restored before it can be used normally.
  • the recovery pop-up window 1204 also includes a cancel option 1205 and a recovery option 1206.
  • Recovery option 1206 is used to trigger the mobile phone to reinstall the sports health application and restore the placeholder card to a sports card.
  • the cancel option 1205 is used to trigger the mobile phone to cancel the display of the recovery pop-up window 1204.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the recovery option 1206.
  • the mobile phone can automatically reinstall the sports health application, restore the placeholder card to the sports card, and display the first desktop 1201 as shown in (c) of Figure 12 .
  • a sports card 1207 is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the mobile phone may not be able to install sports and health applications due to poor network conditions.
  • the mobile phone in response to the user's trigger operation on the recovery option 1206, the mobile phone will display a recovery failure reminder message 1208 as shown in (d) of Figure 12, for example: the "Sports and Health" application recovery failed.
  • the mobile phone can also receive the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancel option 1205.
  • the mobile phone cancels display of the recovery pop-up window 1204, that is, displays the first desktop 1201 as shown in (a) of Figure 12.
  • the machine can display the corresponding basic cards normally on the first desktop, improving the user experience.
  • notification information that meets preset conditions among all notification information is displayed to the user for convenience.
  • the mobile phone After the user operates the mobile phone to set the YOYO suggestion tool in the first desktop, that is, the mobile phone displays the first basic card in the first sub-area of the target area of the first desktop, and displays the second basic card in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can receive notification information pushed by other applications, and display the notification information that meets the preset conditions in the form of a card in the target area of the first desktop. That is, after S901, the information display method provided by the embodiment of the present application also includes the following S902-S904.
  • the notification information that meets the preset conditions can be determined by the artificial intelligence program (which can be called an intelligent assistant) carried by the mobile phone itself.
  • the preset condition may be notification information that matches the current usage scenario of the mobile phone among all current notification information.
  • the current usage scenario here can be determined based on time, location and other information. For example, the time is 10:00 a.m. on a working day and the location is an office building.
  • the usage scenario can be a work scenario.
  • the notification information that matches the current usage scenario of the mobile phone may be notification information from work-related APPs (such as meeting schedule information pushed by a calendar application, etc.). For another example, if the time is 5 p.m.
  • the usage scenario can be a courier pickup scenario.
  • the notification information that conforms to the current usage scenario of the mobile phone may be the pickup notification information (such as a pickup code) of a certain shopping APP.
  • the notification information that matches the current usage scenario can include flight information pushed by the travel application and meeting reminder information pushed by the calendar application (or meeting application).
  • step S901 after step S901 is implemented, it can be considered that there is a pile of cards in the target area.
  • the card pile has only one layer, and this layer includes the first basic card and the second basic card.
  • the first basic card can be considered to be in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the level to which it belongs (i.e., the highest level), and the second basic card can be considered to be in the area to which it belongs (i.e., the highest level). in the area of the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the first card may be generated after the desktop application of the mobile phone receives notification information pushed from other applications on the mobile phone that conforms to the current usage scenario of the mobile phone (that is, the first notification information in this application).
  • the first basic card and the second basic card are the two cards displayed in the initial state when the user operates the mobile phone to create the YOYO suggestion tool. It can be considered that the content displayed in these two cards is not what the user needs to view in the current scenario. content.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can determine the priority of the first basic card and the second basic card as the card with the lowest priority among all cards that need to be displayed. The same applies in subsequent embodiments. Therefore, when a new target card is generated in the desktop application of the mobile phone, its priority must be greater than the first basic card and the second basic card, that is, the target card can be overlaid on the first basic card and/or the second basic card. To display the target card in the target area.
  • the mobile phone's desktop application should also display the target card in the target area for users to view.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone, refer to (a) in Figure 13.
  • the initial state that is, the user triggers the mobile phone to set the YOYO suggestion tool on the first desktop
  • the mobile phone The first basic card is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area on the first desktop
  • the second basic card is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • Basic card For example, the desktop application is used to divide the first desktop into 4*6 grid cells, the target area occupies 4*2 cells, and the sizes of the first base card and the second base are both 2*2.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can completely cover the first card on the first basic card and the second basic card to achieve the target area.
  • there will be a card pile i.e., the first card pile
  • the card pile includes two layers, and the bottom layer includes the first basic card. and the second base card, with the top layer containing the first card.
  • the first basic card is in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area on the bottom layer
  • the second basic card is in the area corresponding to the second sub-area of the target area on the bottom layer
  • the first card is in the area corresponding to the target area on the top layer. in the area.
  • the way in which multiple cards are stacked in the target area of the first desktop to form a card pile can include at least three ways, which are: stacking method one, stacking method two and stacking method three. .
  • stacking method one stacking method two
  • stacking method three stacking method three
  • Stacking method one Referring to (a) in Figure 14, multiple cards can be stacked in such a way that the cards in each layer except the bottom layer completely cover the cards in the next layer. It should be noted that if there are two cards on a certain layer, there will be a gap between the two cards for the convenience of the user to confirm that they are two cards. If there is only one card in the next layer, the complete coverage here may mean that these two cards plus the gap between them completely cover the card in the next layer. Of course, in order to improve the user's perception, if there are two cards on the top layer of the card pile and one card on the second layer, you can hide the part of the card in the second layer that is exposed from the two cards or hide the card pile. All cards except the top card.
  • Stacking method two Referring to (b) in Figure 14, the stacking method two of multiple cards can be based on the stacking method one. Except for the top card of the card pile, each layer of cards is relative to the upper layer. The card is moved downward as a whole by the first preset distance h1.
  • Stacking method three Referring to (c) in Figure 14, the stacking method two of multiple cards can be based on the stacking method one. Except for the top card of the card pile, each card is relative to the card above it. The card is scaled according to the preset ratio and then translated downward by the second preset distance h2 and to the right by the third preset distance h3. Specifically, as shown in (c) of FIG. 14 , the shape of the card stack formed by the third stacking method may be symmetrical about the central axis.
  • the above-mentioned stacking method 1 is used as the stacking method of cards in the card pile.
  • the first card covers the first basic card and the second basic card to display in the target area by gradually covering the target area downwards.
  • the first basic card as a weather card
  • the second basic card as a sports card
  • the first card as a flight card.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can be The target area of the first desktop may display a bottom-up part of the flight card 1501, and a bottom-up part of the weather card 1006 and the sports card 1007.
  • the top-down part of the weather card 1006 and the sports card 1007 has been hidden, while the bottom-up part of the flight card 1501 is displayed in the target area.
  • the lower and upper directions mentioned here are two opposite directions.
  • the corresponding direction of upper may be the direction from the lower frame of the first desktop toward the upper frame of the first desktop, and this direction is perpendicular to the lower frame of the first desktop. The same applies to subsequent similar scenarios and will not be repeated hereafter.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can control the weather card 1006 and the sports card 1007 to gradually shrink according to a certain proportion.
  • the mobile phone's desktop application can also control the weather card 1006 and sports card 1007 and gradually increase their transparency.
  • the mobile phone's desktop application may also display a navigation bar 1502 around the card pair pile in the target area.
  • the navigation bar 1502 may have multiple navigation points 1503 .
  • the number of navigation points 1503 can be the same as the number of layers in the card pile.
  • Each navigation point corresponds to a layer in the card pile.
  • the navigation point corresponding to the currently displayed layer of the card pile will be highlighted. In this way, the user can be prompted through the navigation bar 1502 to indicate how many layers there are in the current card stack, so as to indicate to the user which layer the current card stack is on.
  • the navigation bar 1502 can be dynamically displayed or hidden around the card pile.
  • the desktop application may briefly flash (eg, display for 1 second) the navigation bar 1502 when a new card is generated and added to the card pile.
  • the desktop application may briefly flash the navigation bar 1502 when the number of cards in the card pile changes.
  • the desktop application may briefly flash the navigation bar 1502 when the user switches from other display interfaces to the first desktop.
  • the desktop application may briefly flash the navigation bar 1502 when switching the topmost displayed card in the card stack in response to the user's switching operation.
  • the embodiments of this application do not impose specific limitations. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.
  • the implementation process or overlay animation of the first card covering the first basic card and the second basic card can also be any other feasible method, and this application does not impose specific restrictions on this .
  • the mobile phone desktop application displays the first basic card and the second basic card in the target area of the first desktop.
  • the specific implementation of cards and displaying the first card in the target area is similar to that of non-folding screen phones.
  • the difference between the two is that if the external screen of the folding screen phone is divided into 5*6 cells by a desktop application.
  • the size of the first basic card can be 2*2, that is, the size of the first sub-area where the first basic card is located is 2*2 cells, and the size of the second basic card
  • the size can be 3*2, that is, the size of the first sub-area where the first basic card is located is 3*2 cells, and the target area is 5*2 cells.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can cover the first card on the first basic card and the second basic card to achieve the purpose of creating the target area.
  • the size of the first card is 5*2.
  • the card pile formed by stacking the first basic card, the second basic card and the first card existing in the target area is the same as the card pile generated in the first feasible manner corresponding to the above-mentioned FIG. 13 .
  • the folding screen mobile phone when the folding screen mobile phone is in the folded state, multiple cards are stacked to form a card pile in the target area of the first desktop displayed on the external screen in the same manner as the folding screen mobile phone, which will not be described again here.
  • the possible difference between the two can be the number of cells occupied by the target area where the card pile is located.
  • the target area occupies 4*2 cells in a non-folding screen mobile phone, and the target area in the folded external screen of a folding screen mobile phone. Occupies 5*2 cells.
  • the user can also change the cell division of the external screen to 4*6 when the folding screen mobile phone is in the folded state.
  • the card pile displayed in the target area of the first desktop in the external screen of the folding screen mobile phone is in the folded state.
  • Non-folding screen mobile phone The target area of the first tabletop displays the pile of cards stacked in the same way.
  • the first card covers the first basic card and the second basic card to achieve display in the target area by gradually covering from above the target area downwards.
  • the relevant expressions regarding FIG. 15 in the foregoing embodiments which will not be described again here.
  • the difference between the two is that the number of cells occupied by the target area may be different.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone and is in the unfolded state and uses the internal screen to display the first desktop
  • the first basic card is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area on the first desktop of the mobile phone
  • the second basic card is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the desktop application to divide the first desktop into 5*6 grid cells
  • the target area occupies 5*2 cells
  • the size of the first basic card is 2*2
  • the size of the second basic card is 3 *2.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can cover the first card on the second basic card to display the first card in the target area (specifically, it can be the second sub-area of the target area).
  • the purpose of the card is 3*2.
  • the first card can also be covered on the first basic card, and this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the card pile includes two layers.
  • the bottom layer includes a first basic card and a second basic card.
  • the first basic card is in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the bottom layer.
  • the second basic card is in the bottom layer corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the top level includes the first card occupying the top-level area corresponding to the second sub-area.
  • the way in which multiple cards are stacked to form a card pile in the target area of the first desktop of the inner screen can include at least three ways, namely: stacking method one, stacking method two and stacking mode three.
  • stacking method one stacking method two
  • stacking mode three stacking mode three
  • the layer will completely cover the layer below it.
  • the bottom layer of the card pile if there is a single card on a certain layer, it will be in the second sub-area (or first sub-area) of the corresponding target area in the layer, and the single card can be covered in The part of the layer below that corresponds to the second sub-region (or the first sub-region) of the target area, and the area in the layer below it that corresponds to the first sub-region (or the second sub-region) of the target area is not affected. Coverage, that is, if this layer is the top layer, the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the layer below it will be displayed.
  • Stacking method two Referring to (b) in Figure 18, the stacking method two of multiple cards can be based on the stacking method one. Except for the top card of the card pile, each layer of cards is relative to the upper layer. The card is moved downward as a whole by the first preset distance h1.
  • Stacking method three Referring to (c) in Figure 18, the stacking method two of multiple cards can be based on the stacking method one. Except for the top card of the card pile, each card is relative to the card above it. Cards are pre-set After zooming according to the ratio, the second preset distance h2 is translated downward, and the third preset distance h3 is translated rightward. Specifically, as shown in (c) of FIG. 14 , the shape of the card stack formed by the third stacking method may be symmetrical about the central axis.
  • the first card is covered on the second basic card to achieve display in the target area by gradually covering downward from above the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the first basic card as a weather card
  • the second basic card as a sports card
  • the first card as a flight card.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can be in the first
  • a weather card 603 is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area of the desktop.
  • a bottom-up part of the flight card 1901 and a bottom-up part of the sports card 604 may be displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the weather card 603 is fully displayed, the top-down part of the sports card 604 is hidden, and the bottom-up part of the flight card is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can control the sports card 604 according to A certain proportion is gradually reduced.
  • the mobile phone's desktop application can also control the motion card 604 and gradually increase its transparency.
  • the implementation process or overlay animation of the first card covering the second basic card can also be any other feasible method, and this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the desktop application when the desktop application generates two cards with the same priority and they are higher than the priority of the existing cards in the card pile in the target area, the desktop application randomly decides to display one of the cards first. , that is, placing one of the cards at the top of the card pile in the target area, may cause the user to miss the schedule information corresponding to another card, reducing the user experience.
  • a newly generated card with a lower priority on the mobile phone itself needs to be placed at a level other than the topmost level of the card pile according to priority, or a newly generated card with a higher priority itself is It needs to be placed at the top of the card pile according to priority, but the notification information displayed by this card may be related to the notification information displayed by the top card of the current card pile (for example, the first card).
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone currently displays the flight card in the target area, and currently generates a health code card with a lower priority.
  • the smart assistant of the mobile phone can determine that the user must use the health code card when entering the airport, so it will Inform the desktop application that flight cards and health code cards are related.
  • the desktop application should also display the card at the top level, that is, display the card in the target area. Based on this, S903 is executed after S902.
  • the mobile phone When the first card is displayed in the target area of the first desktop, if the mobile phone newly generates a second card, and the second card is associated with the first card in parallel or subordinately, the mobile phone will display the first card in the target area of the first desktop.
  • the second card is displayed in the first sub-area and the second card is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the second card is generated when the mobile phone receives new notification information (that is, the second notification information in this application), and the second card is used to display the new notification information; parallel association means that the priority is the same, and subordinate association means that the two Cards display notification messages related to each other.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone in S903 will The process of displaying the second card in the target area in the first desktop may be to gradually reduce the first card to the same size as the second base card and display it in the second sub-area in the target area.
  • the second card is gradually displayed in the first sub-area of the target area (that is, the portion of the second card displayed in the first area of the target area is increased by a preset step size).
  • the mobile phone shrinks the first card to be the same as the second base card and displays it in the second sub-area of the target area (that is, in the second sub-area of the corresponding target area in its layer), the second card is completely displayed in in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the priority of a newly generated card by the mobile phone's desktop application has a parallel or subordinate association with an existing card, in order to facilitate the user to determine the sequence of generation, whenever this situation occurs, the The pre-existing cards are placed in the area corresponding to the second sub-area of the target area in the level of the card pile where they are located, and the newly generated cards are placed in the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the level of the card pile where they are located. .
  • the sub-region corresponding to the target area where the pre-existing card is located and the sub-region corresponding to the target area where the newly generated card is located can be interchanged.
  • the second sub-region may be a part of the region that is determined through prior statistics and is viewed most frequently by users when looking at electronic devices.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can be displayed in the target area of the first desktop.
  • the target area displays a part of the flight card 1501 that is shrunk to the right (if the first card is finally shrunk and displayed in the first sub-area, it is shrunk to the left), and a part of the meeting reminder card 2001 from right to left.
  • the style and content of the flight information displayed in the reduced flight card 1501 will undergo certain changes. Based on this, as shown in (a) of Figure 20, as the flight card 1501 gradually shrinks to the right, the flight information displayed on it will gradually change from the content and style before the reduction to the content and style after the reduction. .
  • the left and right mentioned here are two opposite directions. The corresponding direction of the left may be the direction from the right border of the first desktop to the left border of the first desktop, and this direction is perpendicular to the left border of the first desktop and Right border. The same applies to subsequent similar scenarios and will not be repeated hereafter.
  • the previously existing card can be determined as the main card
  • the newly generated card can be determined as the main card.
  • the slave card In order to facilitate the user to determine the master-slave relationship, whenever this situation occurs, the master card can be placed in the second sub-area of the target area in the level of the card pile where it is located, and the secondary card can be placed on the card where it is located. In the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the heap hierarchy. Among them, the sub-area of the area where the master card is located corresponding to the target area and the sub-area of the area where the slave card is located corresponding to the target area can be interchanged. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.
  • the implementation of the second card being displayed in the target area is similar to the implementation shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the first desktop in the process of gradually displaying the second card in the target area of the first desktop can be as shown in Figure 21(a), and finally the second card is displayed.
  • the first desktop can be as shown in (b) in Figure 21.
  • the difference between Figure 21 and Figure 20 is that the second card in Figure 21 is the health code card 2101, and the second card in Figure 20 is The second card is the meeting reminder card 2001.
  • the implementation process or animation of the first card gradually shrinking and the second card gradually displayed in the target area can also be any other feasible method, and this application does not impose specific restrictions on this.
  • the target area of the mobile phone's desktop application in the first desktop changes from displaying the first card to displaying the first card.
  • the implementation process of the first card and the second card is similar to that of non-folding screen mobile phones. Combined with the example shown in Figure 20, the difference between the two is that if the external screen of the folding screen mobile phone is divided into 5*6 cells by a desktop application. Referring to FIG. 22(a) , when the flight card 1501 (i.e. the first card) is gradually reduced and the meeting reminder card 2001 is gradually displayed, the target area occupied is 5*2 cells.
  • the size of the flight card 1501 is 3*2, that is, the second sub-area where the flight card is located occupies 3*2 cells.
  • the size of the meeting reminder card 2001 is 2*2, that is, the first sub-area where the flight card is located occupies 2*2 cells.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone displays the second card in the target area of the first desktop.
  • the process may be to gradually cover the second card to the first basic card in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can be in the first desktop.
  • the first sub-area in the target area displays a part of the meeting reminder card 2301 from right to left, and a part of the weather card 603 from right to left.
  • flight card 1901 is completely displayed in the second sub-area of the target area, a part of the weather card from left to right has been hidden, and a part of the meeting reminder card 2301 from right to left is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area. middle.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can control whether the weather card 603 can Gradually reduce it according to a certain proportion.
  • the mobile phone's desktop application can also control the motion card 604 and gradually increase its transparency.
  • the meeting reminder card 2301 is completely covered by the weather card 603 to be completely displayed in the first sub-area of the target area, as shown in (b) of FIG. 23 , the third sub-area in the target area on the first desktop of the mobile phone is A meeting reminder card 2301 is displayed in one sub-area, a flight card 1901 is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area, and the weather card 603 is no longer displayed.
  • the implementation of the second card being displayed in the target area is similar to the implementation shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the first desktop in the process of gradually displaying the second card in the first sub-area of the target area of the first desktop can be as shown in (a) of Figure 24.
  • the completed first desktop displayed on the second card can be as shown in (b) of Figure 24 .
  • the difference between Figure 24 and Figure 23 is that the second card in Figure 24 is a health code card 2401, and the second card in Figure 23 is a meeting reminder card 2301.
  • the implementation process or animation effect of gradually covering the first card into the first basic card to gradually display the first sub-area in the target area can also be any other feasible method.
  • This application does not impose any specific limitation on this.
  • a card pile (ie, a second card pile) formed by stacking the first base card, the second base card, the first card and the second card in the target area.
  • the card pile includes two layers.
  • the bottom layer includes the first basic card and the second basic card.
  • the top layer includes the first card and the second card.
  • the first card covers the second basic card and the second card covers the first card. on top of the base card.
  • the first basic card is in the area of the bottom layer corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area
  • the second basic card is in the area of the bottom layer corresponding to the second sub-area of the target area
  • the first card is in the top layer corresponding to the third sub-area of the target area.
  • the second card is in the area of the first sub-area in the top layer corresponding to the target area.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone newly generates a card (which can be called a second card to be displayed) in parallel with a card that exists alone in a certain layer of the card pile in the target area (which can be called a first card to be displayed simultaneously), cards to be displayed simultaneously), the first card to be displayed simultaneously can be used as the first card, and the second card to be displayed simultaneously can be used as the second card, and steps similar to those in the previous embodiment can be implemented, so that the first card to be displayed simultaneously and the third card to be displayed simultaneously The two cards to be revealed at the same time exist on the same layer of the card pile.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone newly generates a card (which can be called the second card to be associated) that is subordinate to a card that exists alone in a certain layer of the card pile in the target area (can be called the first card to be associated)
  • the first card to be associated can be used as the first card
  • the second card to be associated can be used as the second card
  • steps similar to those in the previous embodiment can be implemented, so that the first card to be associated and the second card to be associated exist in the card The same layer of the heap.
  • first cards to be displayed simultaneously by the desktop application of the mobile phone one can be randomly selected as the second card, and the steps of the aforementioned embodiment can be followed to make it exist in the card pile together with the second card to be displayed simultaneously. of the same layer.
  • sort at least one pair of cards in random order according to the preset order and place the first pair of cards to be displayed in the card pile.
  • the remaining pending cards that are not combined with the first to-be-displayed cards will also be inserted between any two levels occupied by at least one pair of cards.
  • the optional card and the pending card can be placed on the same layer in the card stack according to the steps in the previous embodiment. .
  • the one with the highest priority can be used as the second card, and refer to the steps of the previous embodiment to make it exist in the card pile with the second card to be associated. same floor.
  • the notification information displayed by a separate optional card in a certain layer of the card stack is associated with the notification information displayed by the remaining first to-be-associated cards, the same steps as described above are performed.
  • placing the remaining first to-be-associated cards in the card pile according to priority may be to sort the priorities of the remaining first-to-be-associated cards with the priorities of the existing levels of the card pile and then stack them. The lower the priority, the higher the priority. The lower the level.
  • the priority of a certain level can be the highest priority among the priorities of all cards included in that level.
  • S904 is executed after S901.
  • the third card and the fourth card are both generated by two new notification messages received by the mobile phone.
  • the third card corresponds to the third notification information and is used to display the third notification information;
  • the fourth card corresponds to the fourth notification information and is used to display the fourth notification information;
  • the first desktop of the mobile phone after S901 may be as shown in (a) in Figure 13 .
  • the mobile phone's desktop application After the mobile phone's desktop application generates the third card and the fourth card, as shown in Figure 25, the mobile phone's desktop application can completely cover the third card on the first basic card, that is, display it in the first sub-area of the target area. ; Completely cover the fourth card on the second base card, that is, display it in the second sub-area of the target area. This achieves the purpose of displaying the third card and the fourth card in the target area.
  • the card pile includes two layers, and the bottom layer includes the first basic card and the second basic card.
  • the top layer of basic cards includes the third card and the fourth card.
  • the third card completely covers the first basic card
  • the fourth card completely covers the second basic card.
  • the master-slave relationship between the two will be determined.
  • the one with higher priority is determined as the master card
  • the one with lower priority is determined as the slave card.
  • the master card can be placed in the second sub-area of the target area in its hierarchy in the card pile
  • the slave card can be placed in the second sub-area of the target area. In the area corresponding to the first sub-area of the target area in the hierarchy in the heap.
  • the third card as a slave card can be placed in the first sub-area corresponding to the target area in the topmost layer of the card stack (it can be understood that the third card is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area),
  • Four cards as main cards can be placed in the second sub-area corresponding to the target area on the topmost layer of the card pile (it can be understood that the fourth card is displayed in the second sub-area of the target area).
  • the sub-area of the area where the master card is located corresponding to the target area and the sub-area of the area where the slave card is located corresponding to the target area can be interchanged. The same applies to subsequent embodiments.
  • the third card can be covered on the first basic card, and the fourth card can be covered on the second basic card, as shown in Figure 25; the fourth card can also be covered Cover the first base card, and the third card over the second base card.
  • the third card and the fourth card are displayed in the target area.
  • the third card may gradually cover the first basic card from top to bottom in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the third card The cards are gradually covered from top to bottom in the second sub-area of the target area onto the second basic card.
  • the first basic card is a weather card
  • the second basic card is a sports card
  • the third card is a meeting reminder card
  • the fourth card is a flight card.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can be in the first sub-area in the target area of the first desktop.
  • a bottom-up part of the meeting reminder card 2601 and a bottom-up part of the weather card 1006 are displayed; a bottom-up part of the flight card 2602 is displayed in the second sub-area in the target area of the first desktop.
  • Sports Cards 1007 Bottoms Up. Among them, the top-down part of the weather card 1006 and the sports card 1007 has been hidden, while the bottom-up part of the meeting reminder card 2601 and the flight card 2602 are displayed in the target area.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can control the weather card. 1006 and sports card 1007 can be gradually reduced according to a certain proportion. In addition, while zooming out, the mobile phone's desktop application can also control the weather card 1006 and sports card 1007 and gradually increase their transparency.
  • the meeting reminder card 2601 is completely covered on the weather card 1006, and the flight card 2602 is completely covered.
  • the sports card 1007 as shown in (b) of Figure 26
  • the first sub-area of the target area on the first desktop of the mobile phone displays the meeting reminder card 2601
  • the second sub-area of the target area displays There is flight card 2602, weather card 1006 and sports card 1007 which are no longer displayed.
  • the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone, when it is in the folded state and uses the external screen to display the first desktop and when it is in the expanded state and uses the internal screen to display the first desktop
  • the specific implementation of S904 is similar to the example shown in Figure 25 above.
  • the difference lies in the target area.
  • the occupied cells are different, and the sizes of the corresponding third and fourth cards are different.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone and is in the folded state and uses the external screen to display the first desktop
  • the third card and the fourth card can be displayed as shown in Figure 27(a) ) shown.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone and is in the unfolded state and uses the internal screen to display the first desktop
  • the third card and the fourth card can be displayed as shown in Figure 27 ( b) shown.
  • card 1 can be covered in above the first card to appear in the target area.
  • the priority of a certain layer in the card pile is based on the highest priority of all cards in that layer. If the priority of card 1 is not greater than the priorities of all layers in the card pile, insert card 1 between the first layer and the second layer.
  • the first layer and the second layer are the two adjacent layers before card 1 is inserted. The first layer is below the second layer, and the priority of the first layer is lower than card 1, and the priority of the second layer is higher than card 1.
  • the first layer can be the layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is the layer where the first card is located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in (b) in Figure 28 .
  • the specific implementation process of inserting card 1 into the card stack can refer to the example shown in FIG. 15 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the card can be 1 overlays the first card to appear in the second sub-area of the target area. If the priority of card 1 is not greater than the priorities of all layers in the card pile, card 1 is inserted between the first layer and the second layer into the second sub-area of the corresponding target area.
  • the first layer can be the layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located, and the second layer is the layer where the first card is located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in (b) in Figure 29 , card 1 is between the second base card and the first card, and card 1 completely covers the second base card.
  • card 1 is between the second base card and the first card, and card 1 completely covers the second base card.
  • the specific implementation process of inserting card 1 into the card stack can refer to the example shown in FIG. 19 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the card pair can be covered in above the first card to appear in the target area. If the priority of card 2 is not greater than the priority of all layers in the card pile, then Insert the card pair between the first and second layers.
  • the first layer and the second layer are the two adjacent layers before the card pair is inserted. The first layer is below the second layer, and the priority of the first layer is lower than card 2, and the priority of the second layer is higher than card 2.
  • the first layer can be the layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is the layer where the first card is located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in (b) in Figure 30 , card 2 is covered on the first basic card (actually it is completely covered, here it is just to show the level situation, the same is true for subsequent similar diagrams), card 3 is covered on the second basic card (actually it is completely covered, here This is only to indicate the hierarchical situation, and the same applies to subsequent similar schematic diagrams).
  • the specific implementation process of inserting the card pair into the card stack may refer to the example shown in FIG. 15 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here. The difference between the two is that here two cards are gradually covered onto one card.
  • card 3 can be determined here as both The master card in , card 2 is determined as the slave card. The same applies to subsequent similar embodiments.
  • the card can be 2 is overlaid on top of the first base card to appear in the first sub-area of the target area; card 3 is overlaid on top of the first card to be displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • Card 2 and Card 3 are on the same level in the pile.
  • the priority of card 2 is not greater than the priorities of all layers in the card pile, insert the card pair into the part of the second sub-area of the corresponding target area between the first layer and the second layer.
  • the first layer can be the layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is the layer where the first card is located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in Figure 31(b) As shown, card 2 covers the first basic card, and card 3 covers the second basic card and is below the first card. However, in this way, because card 2 and the first card will be displayed in the target area at the same time, it will give the user the feeling that the first card and card 2 are associated (parallel association or subordinate association).
  • the level of the first basic card can be raised upward so that the first basic card and the first card are at the same level.
  • card 2 is located under the first basic card
  • card 3 is located under the first card
  • the second basic card is located under card 3.
  • card 4 can be covered in above the first and second cards to appear in the target area. If the priority of card 4 is not greater than the priorities of all layers in the card pile, insert card 4 between the first layer and the second layer.
  • the first layer and the second layer are two adjacent layers before card 4 is inserted. The first layer is below the second layer, and the priority of the first layer is lower than that of card 4, and that of the second layer is higher than that of card 4.
  • the first layer can be a layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is a layer where the first card and the second card are located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in Figure 32 ( b) shown.
  • the specific implementation process of inserting the card 4 into the card stack can refer to the example shown in Figure 15 in the previous embodiment. Again.
  • the card can be 4 overlays the first card to appear in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the level of the first basic card can be raised upward so that the first basic card and card 4 are at the same level.
  • the second card is located under the first basic card
  • the first card is located under card 4
  • the second basic card is located under the first card.
  • card 4 is inserted between the first layer and the second layer into the part corresponding to the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the first layer may be a layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer may be a layer where the first card and the second card are located.
  • the final stack of cards may be as shown in Figure 33 ( As shown in b), card 4 is between the second basic card and the first card, and card 4 completely covers the second basic card.
  • the specific implementation process of inserting the card 4 into the card stack may refer to the example shown in FIG. 19 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • card 5 can be covered in On top of the second card, overlay card 6 on top of the first card so that the card pair is displayed in the target area. If the priority of card 5 is not greater than the priorities of all layers in the card pile, insert the card pair between the first layer and the second layer.
  • the first layer and the second layer are the two adjacent layers before the card pair is inserted. The first layer is below the second layer, and the priority of the first layer is lower than card 5, and the priority of the second layer is higher than card 5.
  • the first layer can be a layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is a layer where the first card and the second card are located.
  • the final stack of cards can be as shown in Figure 34 ( As shown in b), card 5 covers the first basic card, and card 6 covers the second basic card.
  • the specific implementation process of inserting the card pair into the card stack can refer to the example shown in FIG. 26 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • this application will place the main card in the second sub-area of the card pile corresponding to the target area, then card 6 can be determined here as both In the master piece, card 5 is determined to be the slave card.
  • the card can be 5 is overlaid on the second card to appear in the first sub-area of the target area; card 6 is overlaid on the second card to be displayed in the second sub-area of the target area.
  • the first layer can be the layer where the first basic card and the second basic card are located
  • the second layer is the layer where the first card is located.
  • the final card pile can be as follows As shown in (b) of Figure 35, card 5 covers the first basic card and is under the second card, and card 6 covers the second basic card and is under the first card.
  • the mobile phone in addition to displaying a single card individually in the target area, can also display the two cards in the target area at the same time when two cards are generated in parallel association or subordinate association. , thus allowing users to view more required notification information in a timely manner, reducing user operations, enhancing human-computer interaction efficiency, and improving user experience.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone generates a card pile including at least two cards in the target area of the first desktop (i.e., this After the target card pile under application), the mobile phone can do the following processing for the newly added cards:
  • the first target card newly generated by the desktop application of the mobile phone has an association relationship (parallel association or subordinate association) with the old card that exists alone in the target layer in the card pile, you can refer to the corresponding specific implementation in the aforementioned embodiment. method, place the new card and the old card in the target layer.
  • the desktop application of the mobile phone can also respond to the user's switching operation (such as sliding up or down on the top card of the card stack), following the user's switching operation. Switch the top layer of the card pile.
  • each layer in the card stack will be switched synchronously regardless of whether there is one card or two cards. of.
  • take the card stack to include three layers the lowest layer includes the first basic card - weather card and the second basic card - sports card, the top layer includes flight card and meeting reminder card, and the middle layer includes express card.
  • the top layer of the card pile 3601 in the target area on the first desktop of the mobile phone is a flight card 3602 and a meeting reminder card 3603.
  • the phone can receive the user's swipe up action on the target area.
  • the mobile phone can switch the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 to the express card 3604 as shown in (b) of Figure 36 .
  • the notification information in the express card 3604 may be the express pickup code, for example, the pickup code is 4-1-5032.
  • the mobile phone may respond to the upward sliding operation and switch the top card of the card stack 3601.
  • the following hand switching may be that the mobile phone moves the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 upward as a whole based on the real-time sliding distance of the upward sliding operation, and gradually hides them from top to bottom, and displays the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603
  • the original position gradually displays express card 3604 from bottom to top.
  • express card 3604 in order to give users a better look and feel, as the express card 3604 is gradually displayed, its entirety can gradually change from small to large, and at the same time, the overall transparency changes from large to small.
  • the card stack 3601 displayed on the mobile phone includes a flight card 3602 and a meeting reminder card 3603.
  • the upper part also includes the bottom-up part of express card 3604. Among them, the top-down part of the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 has been hidden, thereby leaking the bottom-up part of the express card 3604.
  • the height of the hidden parts of the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 in the up and down direction may be the distance that the user has slid by the upward sliding operation.
  • the height of the hidden parts of the class card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 in the up-down direction may also be slightly larger or several times greater than the sliding distance of the upward sliding operation performed by the user, depending on the actual situation.
  • the sliding distance corresponding to the upward sliding operation and the subsequently mentioned downward sliding operation may refer to the actual sliding distance performed by the user on the mobile phone screen, or may be the sum of the actual distance and the sliding inertia distance.
  • the sliding inertia distance may be determined by the sliding speed when the user performs an upward sliding operation or a downward sliding operation. The faster the sliding speed, the greater the sliding inertia distance.
  • the user may also need to view the cards on the upper layer of the card displayed on the top layer of the card stack.
  • the user can slide down on the target area.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the downward sliding operation and switch the card displayed on the top of the card stack.
  • the card on the upper level of the card can be the card on the level above the card when the card pile is initially formed.
  • Level cards If the card is the card with the highest level when the card pile is initially formed, the card one level above the card can be the lowest level card when the card pile is initially formed.
  • the user when the user needs to switch the uppermost express card 3604 in the card stack 3601, the user can perform a downward sliding operation in the target area.
  • the mobile phone can switch the express card 3604 to a flight card 3602 and a meeting reminder card 3603 as shown in (a) of Figure 36 .
  • the mobile phone may respond to the downward sliding operation and switch the top card of the card stack 3601. Specifically, the following hand switching may be that the mobile phone gradually hides the express card 3604 from top to bottom according to the real-time sliding distance of the downward sliding operation, and gradually displays the flight card 3602 and the meeting.
  • Reminder card 3603 part of bottom-up For example, as shown in (d) of Figure 36, when the user performs the downward sliding operation, that is, when the user has not finished sliding, the card pile 3601 displayed on the mobile phone includes both the bottom-up and bottom-up express cards 3604. part, and also includes the bottom-up part of flight card 3602 and meeting reminder card 3603. Among them, the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 are gradually translated downward to show their bottom-up part, thus covering up the top-down part of the express card 3604.
  • the height of the exposed parts of the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 in the up and down direction may be the distance that the user has slid down through the downward sliding operation.
  • the height of the exposed parts of the flight card 3602 and the meeting reminder card 3603 in the up-down direction may be slightly larger or several times greater than the distance that the user has slid down by the downward sliding operation, depending on the actual situation.
  • the switching process is similar to the aforementioned process when the mobile phone is a non-folding screen mobile phone or a folding screen mobile phone that uses an external screen display in the folded state. .
  • the difference is that if there is an independent card on a certain layer, when it is placed on the top layer, the first basic card will be displayed at the same time.
  • the card stack in order to prevent the user from regarding an independent card and an associated card occupying a single layer as two associated cards, the card stack will not exist in the last layer. While the top layer displays a single layer of independent cards, the layer below it displays two related cards.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's switching operation in the target area, if it is determined that the above situation will occur (that is, before the user performs the switching operation, the top layer of the card stack is two related cards, and the next layer is a separate card that exists in the corresponding target area. an independent card in the second sub-area of the area), the first basic card is automatically associated with the independent card, and the first basic card and the independent card are simultaneously displayed in the target area after responding to the switching operation.
  • the mobile phone can receive the user's upward sliding operation in the target area.
  • the mobile phone can switch the flight card 3702 and the meeting reminder card 3703 at the top of the card stack 3701 to the weather card 3704 and express card 3705 as shown in (b) of Figure 37 .
  • the weather card 3704 is actually located on the lower level of the express card 3705.
  • the mobile phone determines that the next layer of weather card 3704 and express card 3705 is actually a separate sports card. If a sports card is displayed, it will be displayed because there is no content in the first sub-area of the target area at the level where it is located. The meeting reminder card 3703 of the next layer is displayed. In this way, the user may think that the meeting reminder card 3703 and the sports card are related. Therefore, at this time, in response to the upward sliding operation, the mobile phone can leave the weather card alone and directly replace the express card 3705 with the sports card.
  • the mobile phone in response to the upward sliding operation, can switch the express card 3705 at the top of the card stack 3701 to the sports card 3706 as shown in (c) of Figure 37 .
  • weather card 3704 No changes are made.
  • the implementation of the express card 3705 and the sports card 3706 can refer to the relevant expressions in (c) of Figure 36 in the previous embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the mobile phone can switch the weather card 3704 and the sports card 3706 at the top of the card stack 3701 to the flight card 3702 and the meeting reminder card 3703 as shown in (a) of Figure 37 .
  • the relevant expressions in (c) of Figure 36 in the previous embodiment and will not be described again here.
  • the existence time of a certain card in the card pile may be limited.
  • the meeting reminder information in a card corresponds to the time period from 8:00 am to 10:00 am on January 1. After this time, the card will no longer work, that is, it will become invalid.
  • the mobile phone determines that the event corresponding to the notification message in a certain card has been completed or receives a message that the event corresponding to the notification message in a certain card has been completed, the card can also be considered to have expired.
  • the phone will automatically delete the card from the card pile.
  • the cards in the card pile may occupy one layer of independent cards, and there may also be two cards with an associated relationship occupying one layer. In these cases, the automatic card message will There are differences.
  • the card pile is the card pile as shown in (a) of Figure 32. If card 4 fails, card 4 will be deleted after the failure. At this time, as shown in (a) of Figure 38, the card stack changes from three layers to two layers, with the first card and the second card on the top layer and the first basic card and the second basic card on the bottom layer. The same goes for the other possible situations.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that is in an unfolded state and uses an internal screen display
  • the card stack is as shown in (b) of Figure 33 . If card 4 fails, card 4 will be deleted after the failure, and the first basic card will be adjusted to the same layer as the first basic card. At this time, as shown in (b) of Figure 38, the card pile becomes two layers, with the first card and the second card on the top layer, and the first basic card and the second basic card on the bottom layer.
  • the card pile is the card pile shown in (b) in Figure 17 . If the first card among them fails, delete the first card. At this time, as shown in (c) of Figure 38, the card stack becomes one layer, including the first basic card and the second basic card.
  • the phone has a non-folding screen or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen in the folded state
  • the association between the two cards occupying one layer is parallel association.
  • the phone will delete the invalid card and enlarge the other card at the same time. so that it completely covers its level.
  • the flight card 1501 becomes invalid. After invalidation, as shown in (b) in Figure 39, the flight card 1501 is deleted and no longer displayed in the target area.
  • the meeting reminder card 2001 is enlarged to the right and displayed in the target area. in the marked area.
  • the size of the meeting reminder card 2001 is changed from the original 2*2 to 4*2 (in other feasible embodiments, the size of the meeting reminder card 2001 can also be changed from the original 3*2 to 5* 2).
  • the process of deleting flight card 1501 can be carried out with any feasible action.
  • the content of the meeting reminder card 2001 will change slightly after zooming in.
  • the meeting reminder card 2001 has not yet been enlarged and displayed in the target area. As shown in (c) of Figure 39, the card under the flight card 1501 Sports card 1007 will be displayed.
  • the enlargement process can be compared to the reverse process of the flight card reduction process in the previous embodiment, which will not be described again here.
  • the flight card 2001 becomes invalid, the flight card will be enlarged to the left and displayed in the target area.
  • the phone has a non-folding screen or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen in the folded state
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is parallel association.
  • one of them fails, there will be a certain card in the card pile. If a first parallel card that occupies a single layer has a parallel association with another card, or if the phone currently generates a second parallel card that has a parallel association with another card, the phone will delete the invalid card. Place the first parallel card or the second parallel card at the location of the failed card.
  • the second parallel card is a schedule reminder card, combined with the example shown in (b) of Figure 20 .
  • the flight card 1501 becomes invalid.
  • the schedule reminder card 4001 is displayed in the original position of the flight card 1501 .
  • the process of the schedule reminder card 4001 appearing after the flight card 1501 is deleted may be that the schedule reminder card 4001 gradually moves from the left side of the second sub-area of the target area to the right ( Or right side and gradually to the left) covering flight card 1501.
  • the schedule reminder card 4001 gradually moves from the left side of the second sub-area of the target area to the right ( Or right side and gradually to the left) covering flight card 1501.
  • this application does not specifically limit this.
  • the flight card 1501 disappears in order to let the user know.
  • the meeting reminder card 2001 can be enlarged to the right and displayed in the target area as shown in (b) of Figure 39 .
  • the schedule reminder card 4001 is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area in a manner similar to that shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the above-mentioned second parallel card can also be transformed into a first parallel card.
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is a subordinate association.
  • the slave card becomes invalid. If it does not exist in the card pile If a card that occupies a separate layer has a subordinate relationship with the main card, or if the phone does not generate a new card that is subordinate to the main card, the phone will delete the slave card and enlarge the main card at the same time.
  • the main card is regarded as another card in the first case (the card associated with the invalid card in parallel), and the slave card is regarded as the invalid card in the first case.
  • the specific implementation of the third case can refer to the aforementioned section. The specific implementation of a situation will not be described again here.
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is a subordinate association.
  • the slave card becomes invalid. If there is a certain card in the card pile, If a first slave card that occupies a separate layer has a slave association with the master card, or if the mobile phone newly generates a second slave card that has a slave association with the master card, the mobile phone will delete the slave card and delete the first slave card at the same time. A subordinate card or a second subordinate card is placed in the position of the invalid card.
  • the main card is regarded as another card in the first case (the card associated with the invalid card in parallel), and the slave card is regarded as the invalid card in the first case.
  • the specific implementation of the fourth case can refer to the aforementioned section. The specific implementation of the two situations will not be described again here.
  • the phone has a non-folding screen or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen in the folded state
  • the relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is a subordinate relationship.
  • the main card becomes invalid and the phone will delete the card.
  • the master card and the slave card are in the pile. Because the notification information displayed by the two slave cards is closely related, when the master card is deleted, there is a high probability that the slave card is no longer needed, so both cards should be deleted at this time.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is parallel association.
  • the area is the second sub-area corresponding to the target area
  • the phone will delete the card. Invalidate the card and move another card that is parallel to the expired card to the location of the expired card. If the size of the failed card is larger than another card, the other card will be enlarged so that it will be the same size as the failed card when displayed in the position of the failed card.
  • the meeting reminder card 2301 can be gradually moved to the right and enlarged as shown in (c) of Figure 42 . Until it is fully displayed, as shown in (b) in Figure 42.
  • the motion card 604 under the flight card 1901 will be displayed.
  • the enlarged meeting reminder card 2301 will cover downwards from the upper side of the second sub-area of the target area. to the second sub-region.
  • the weather card 1006 will cover the first sub-area from the upper side of the second sub-area of the target area downward.
  • the meeting reminder card 2301 before enlargement may also be displayed in the first sub-area.
  • the sports card 604 under the flight card may be displayed in the second sub-area.
  • the one at the top of the card pile is After the card in the second sub-area becomes invalid, after the uninvalidated card in the first sub-area is moved to the second sub-area, in order to prevent the card exposed in the next layer from being mistakenly thought by the user to be related to the uninvalidated card, the card will be displayed in the second sub-area. displayed in a subarea The first basic card - weather card. That is to say, after the card in the second sub-area of the two cards with parallel associations at the top becomes invalid, the first basic card - the weather card and the unexpired card - will eventually be displayed at the top.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is parallel association.
  • the area is the second sub-area corresponding to the target area
  • the phone will The invalid card will be deleted, and another card associated with the invalid card in parallel will be moved to the position of the invalid card, and the third parallel card or the fourth parallel card will also be placed in the original position of the other card. If the size of the failed card is larger than another card, the other card will be enlarged so that it will be the same size as the failed card when displayed in the position of the failed card.
  • the third parallel card or the fourth parallel card is gradually displayed in the first sub-area.
  • the implementation or animation of the gradual display of the third parallel card or the fourth parallel card can be any feasible method.
  • the meeting reminder card is gradually displayed downwards in the second sub-area of the target sub-area
  • the third parallel card or the fourth parallel card is simultaneously and gradually displayed downwards in the target sub-area. in the first sub-region.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is parallel association.
  • the area is the first sub-area corresponding to the target area
  • the phone will delete the card.
  • the invalid card is invalid, and the first basic card is displayed in the position of the invalid card.
  • the meaning of displaying the weather card 603 in the first sub-area of the target area may refer to the description in the last paragraph after the sixth situation in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses the internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the association relationship between the two cards occupying one layer is a subordinate association.
  • the slave card expires, if a single card does not exist in the card pile If the card that occupies an exclusive layer has a subordinate relationship with the main card, or if the mobile phone does not generate a new card that is subordinate to the main card, the mobile phone will delete the slave card and display the first basic card in the position of the invalid card.
  • the meaning of displaying the weather card 1006 in the first sub-area of the target area may refer to the description in the last paragraph after the sixth situation in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses an internal screen display in the unfolded state, it occupies two The association relationship of the card is a subordinate association.
  • the slave card expires, if there is a third slave card occupying a separate layer in the card pile and has a subordinate association with the main card, or a new card generated by the mobile phone has a subordinate association with the main card. If there is a fourth subordinate card, the mobile phone will delete the subordinate card and display the third subordinate card or the fourth subordinate card in the position of the subordinate card.
  • the specific implementation of the tenth case is similar to the specific implementation of the aforementioned ninth case. The difference is that after the health code card is no longer displayed, the original position of the health code card displays the third subordinate card or the fourth subordinate card.
  • the process of the third subordinate card or the fourth subordinate card appearing after the health code card is deleted can be that the third subordinate card or the fourth subordinate card appears from the left side of the first sub-area of the target area. Cover the health code card gradually to the right (or from the right side to the left).
  • the first basic card can be displayed at the original position of the health code card. After that, the third subordinate card or the fourth subordinate card gradually covers the first base card from the left side of the first sub-region of the target area to the right.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses the internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the association between the two cards occupying one layer is a subordinate association.
  • the mobile phone will delete the main card and the card. from card.
  • the user can also delete the card to be deleted by performing a deletion operation on the topmost card to be deleted.
  • the mobile phone can receive and respond to the deletion operation and delete the card to be deleted.
  • the deletion operation may be a left swipe operation.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the left swipe operation by gradually hiding the cards to be deleted from right to left, and delete them after all are hidden.
  • the card needs to be deleted.
  • the card to be deleted can be set to a certain transparency, so that the user can view the cards below it.
  • the card below it can change from small to large, and its transparency gradually decreases.
  • the phone is a non-folding screen phone or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen display in the folded state
  • there is an independent card 1 at the top of the card stack and there are two related (parallel or subordinate) cards below it (for example, Card 1 and Card 2).
  • Card 1 and Card 2 two related (parallel or subordinate) cards below it.
  • the independent card 1 when the independent card 1 is moving to the left and hidden, the independent card 1 has a certain degree of transparency, and the card 1 and card 2 can be displayed through. The same applies to other similar situations.
  • the phone is a non-folding screen phone or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen display in the folded state
  • there are two associated cards such as card 3 and card 4 at the top of the card stack, and an independent card 2 exists below it.
  • any one of the associated cards for example, card 3 is in the process of being moved to the left and hidden.
  • the card has a certain degree of transparency, which can reveal part of the independent card 2 below the card. The same applies to other similar situations.
  • the phone is a non-folding screen phone or a folding screen phone that uses an external screen display in the folded state
  • there are two associated cards such as card 5 and card 6) at the top of the card stack, and the first basic card and card 6 are located below them.
  • the second basic card any one of the associated cards (for example, card 5) is in the process of being moved to the left and hidden.
  • the card has a certain degree of transparency, and the basic card (the first basic card or the second basic card) below the card can be displayed through. The same applies to other similar situations.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • two independently associated (parallel associated or subordinate associated) cards for example, card 7 and card 8
  • the card 7 in the first sub-area of the target area is in the process of moving to the left and hiding.
  • the card 7 has a certain degree of transparency, and the first basic card underneath the card 7 can be revealed.
  • the first basic card will be revealed below it.
  • the mobile phone is a folding screen mobile phone that uses the internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • there are two related cards such as card 9 and card 10) on the top layer of the card stack, and two related cards (such as card 11) on the lower layer. and card 12).
  • the card 10 in the second sub-area of the target area is in the process of moving to the left and hiding.
  • the card 10 has a certain degree of transparency, and the card 12 underneath the card 10 can be revealed. The same applies to other similar situations.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone responds to the left swipe operation performed by the user to delete the topmost card to be deleted in the card pile in the target area of the first desktop, the mobile phone can display it on the first desktop. Confirmation message to allow the user to confirm whether to delete the card to be deleted.
  • the card to be deleted is the flight card 1501 that exists alone on the topmost layer.
  • the mobile phone can display a confirmation pop-up window 4801 on the first desktop.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4801 may contain information prompting the user to confirm, for example: Do you want to remove the "Flight Travel" card? No APP or data will be deleted after removal.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4801 also includes a confirmation option 4802 and a cancel option 4803.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the confirmation option 4802, the mobile phone can continue to delete the flight card 1501. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancellation option 4803, the mobile phone can no longer delete the flight card 1501.
  • the user's trigger operation such as a click operation
  • the card to be deleted is any one of the two cards at the top of the card pile that are parallelly associated - the meeting reminder card 2301 .
  • the mobile phone can display a confirmation pop-up window 4804 on the first desktop.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4804 may contain information prompting the user to confirm, for example: Do you want to remove the "Meeting" card? No APP or data will be deleted after removal.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4804 also includes a confirmation option 4805 and a cancel option 4806.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the confirmation option 4805, the mobile phone can continue to delete the meeting reminder card 2601. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancellation option 4806, the mobile phone can no longer delete the meeting reminder card 2301.
  • the user's trigger operation such as a click operation
  • the card to be deleted is the slave card-health code card 2401 among the two cards at the top of the card pile that have a subordinate association.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's left sliding operation on the health code card 2401, the mobile phone can display a confirmation pop-up window 4807 on the first desktop.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4807 may contain information prompting the user to confirm, for example: Do you want to remove the "Health Code" card? No APP or data will be deleted after removal.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4807 also includes a confirmation option 4808 and a cancel option 4809.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the confirmation option 4808, the mobile phone can continue to delete the meeting reminder card 2401. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancellation option 4809, the mobile phone can no longer delete the meeting reminder card 2401.
  • the user's trigger operation such as a click operation
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4801, the confirmation pop-up window 4804, and the confirmation pop-up window 4807 all include the no longer prompt option X.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's triggering of option
  • the above confirmation pop-up window directly deletes the card to be deleted.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's left swipe operation on the card to be deleted and display a confirmation message that cannot be canceled. This allows the user to confirm whether to delete the card to be deleted and its corresponding main card.
  • the card to be deleted is the main card - flight card 1901 among the two cards at the top of the card pile that have a subordinate association.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's left swipe operation on the flight card 1901, the mobile phone can display a confirmation pop-up window 4810 on the first desktop.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4810 may contain information prompting the user to confirm, for example: Do you want to remove the "Flight Travel” card? The "Health Code" card will be removed simultaneously, and no APP or data will be deleted after removal.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 4810 also includes a confirmation option 4811 and a cancel option 4812.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the confirmation option 4811, the mobile phone can continue to delete the flight card 1901 and the health code card 2401. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancellation option 4812, the mobile phone can no longer delete the flight card 1901 and the health code card 2401.
  • the user's trigger operation such as a click operation
  • the aforementioned example in Figure 48 takes the mobile phone as a non-folding screen mobile phone or a folding screen mobile phone in a folded state using an external screen display.
  • the deletion operation may include a long press operation on the card to be deleted, triggering the mobile phone to display a settings pop-up window, and a trigger operation on the move card option in the settings pop-up window.
  • the card to be deleted is the flight card 1501 that exists alone on the topmost layer.
  • the mobile phone can control the flight card 1501 to be highlighted and displayed around the flight card 1501 (for example, in the lower left corner) Display the setting pop-up window 4901.
  • the settings pop-up window 4901 may include a remove card option 4902. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the remove card option 4902, the mobile phone can continue to delete the flight card 1501.
  • the card to be deleted is any one of the two cards at the top of the card pile that are parallelly associated - the meeting reminder card 2301 .
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's long press operation on the meeting reminder card 2301, the mobile phone can control the meeting reminder card 2301. Highlight and display the setting pop-up window 4903 around the meeting reminder card 2301.
  • the settings pop-up window 4903 may include a remove card option 4904. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the remove card option 4904, the mobile phone can continue to delete the meeting reminder card 2301.
  • the card to be deleted is the slave card-health code card 2401 among the two cards at the top of the card pile that have a subordinate association.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's long press operation on the health code card 2401, the mobile phone can control the health code card 2401 to be highlighted, and display the setting pop-up window 4905 around the health code card 2401. .
  • the settings pop-up window 4905 may include a remove card option 4906. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the remove card option 4906, the mobile phone can continue to delete the health code card 2401.
  • the mobile phone can respond to the user's long press operation on the card to be deleted and the user's removal of the card in the settings pop-up window. Triggering an operation can display a confirmation message that cannot be actively canceled. This allows the user to confirm whether to delete the card to be deleted and its corresponding main card. In this way, in scenarios where a large number of cards are deleted, the user can be forced to confirm whether to continue deleting.
  • the card to be deleted is the main card - flight card 1901 among the two cards at the top of the card pile that have a subordinate association.
  • the mobile phone when the mobile phone receives the user's long press operation on the flight card 1901, the mobile phone can control the health code card 2401 and the flight card 1901 to be highlighted, and display settings around the health code card 2401.
  • the setting pop-up window 5001 may include a remove card option 5002.
  • the mobile phone may display a confirmation pop-up window 5003.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 5003 may contain information prompting the user to confirm, for example: Do you want to remove the "Flight Travel” card? The "Health Code” card will be removed simultaneously, and no APP or data will be deleted after removal.
  • the confirmation pop-up window 5003 also includes a confirmation option 5004 and a cancel option 5005.
  • the mobile phone After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the confirmation option 5004, the mobile phone can continue to delete the flight card 1501 and the health code card 2401. After the mobile phone receives the user's trigger operation (such as a click operation) on the cancellation option 5005, the mobile phone can no longer delete the flight card 1501 and the health code card 2401.
  • the user's trigger operation such as a click operation
  • the specific implementation of deleting the card to be deleted may refer to the aforementioned examples shown in FIGS. 39 to 45 , which will not be described again here.
  • the failure of the card to be deleted and the deletion operation performed by the user on the card to be deleted can be regarded as deletion events.
  • the mobile phone can obtain and respond to the deletion event and implement a series of deletion actions for the card to be deleted.
  • the mobile phone can obtain the first deletion event for the first to-be-deleted card in the top layer of the target card pile and respond to the first deletion event, no longer display the first to-be-deleted card in the target area, and change the target
  • the first to-be-independent card in the top layer of the card pile that is associated with the first to-be-deleted card is increased to the first to-be-independent card.
  • the first card to be deleted is any one of the two cards that are parallelly associated with the top layer of the target card pile.
  • a target card pile consisting of at least two cards in the target area, and there are two subordinately associated cards on the top level of the target card pile.
  • the mobile phone obtains the second deletion event for the main card (i.e. the second card to be deleted) among the two cards associated with the slave, then in response to the second deletion event, the mobile phone can no longer be in the target area. Shows the top layer of the target pile. Instead, displays the layer below the top level of the target pile.
  • a folding screen mobile phone that uses internal screen display in the unfolded state
  • the mobile phone A third deletion event for the third to-be-deleted card in the top layer of the target card pile may be acquired and in response to the third deletion event, the third to-be-deleted card will no longer be displayed in the target area.
  • the third card to be deleted was originally displayed in the second sub-area of the target area, the second sub-area of the target area of the mobile value of the independent card that is associated with the third card to be deleted in the top layer of the target card pile is displayed.
  • the electronic device will associate the second to-be-independent card in the top layer of the target card pile with the third card to be deleted in parallel. After moving to the second sub-area of the target area and displaying it, the first basic card is displayed in the first sub-area of the target area.
  • the above-mentioned electronic device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, in conjunction with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • Embodiments of the present application can divide the electronic device into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device, which includes: a display screen, a memory, and one or more processors; the display screen, the memory, and the processor are coupled; wherein, computer program code is stored in the memory, and the computer program code It includes computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are executed by the processor, the electronic device performs the style conversion method as provided in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the specific structure of the electronic device may refer to the structure of the electronic device shown in FIG. 2 .
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium includes computer instructions.
  • the electronic device When the computer instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device causes the electronic device to execute the information display method provided in the foregoing embodiments.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes executable instructions.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • a unit described as a separate component may or may not be physically separate.
  • a component shown as a unit may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, it may be located in one place, or it may be distributed to multiple different places. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional units.
  • Integrated units may be stored in a readable storage medium if they are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or contribute to the existing technology, or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium includes several instructions to cause a device (which can be a microcontroller, a chip, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the methods of various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

提供一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质，涉及电子设备领域，能够提高电子设备显示通知信息的人机交互效率，提高用户使用体验。该方法包括：电子设备显示第一桌面，第一桌面的目标区域的第一子区域显示有第一基础卡片，目标区域的第二子区域显示有第二基础卡片；在目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，电子设备若新生成了第一卡片，则在目标区域中显示第一卡片；在目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，电子设备若新生成了第三卡片和第四卡片，且第三卡片和第四卡片并行关联或者从属关联，则电子设备在目标区域中显示第三卡片和第四卡片；并行关联指优先级相同，从属关联指显示的通知信息之间存在关联。

Description

一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质
本申请要求于2022年09月13日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202211112308.6、发明名称为“一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及电子设备领域，尤其涉及一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质。
背景技术
目前随着电子技术的发展，手机等电子设备可以在显示界面中，通过卡片的形式向用户展示通知信息(或称提醒信息或推送信息)。其中，通知信息可以是用户通过对电子设备的设置给予了通知权限的应用程序的通知信息，例如短信、行程信息、乘车码信息等。在有多个通知信息需要以卡片(或称为widget、微件、部件、组件等)的形式展示时，电子设备则会根据各个通知信息在不同场景下的重要程度(或优先级)，在不同的场景下显示不同的卡片。在某个场景下，用户如果还需要查看其他需要通知信息，则需要通过繁琐的操作，才能找到需要的通知信息。可见，现有的卡片显示方式的人机交互的效率低，用户的使用体验不够好。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质，能够提高电子设备显示通知信息的人机交互效率，提高用户使用体验。
为达到上述目的，本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，本申请提供了一种信息显示方法，应用于电子设备，该方法可以包括：电子设备显示第一桌面，第一桌面的目标区域的第一子区域显示有第一基础卡片，目标区域的第二子区域显示有第二基础卡片；第一基础卡片显示有系统应用的内容，第二基础卡片显示有第二系统应用的内容；在目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，电子设备若新生成了第一卡片，则在目标区域中显示第一卡片；第一卡片用于显示第一通知信息；在目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，电子设备若新生成了第三卡片和第四卡片，且第三卡片和第四卡片并行关联或者从属关联，则电子设备在目标区域中显示第三卡片和第四卡片；其中，第三卡片用于显示第三通知信息，第四卡片用于显示第四通知信息；并行关联指优先级相同，从属关联指显示的通知信息之间存在关联。
基于上述实施例提供的技术方案，电子设备除了可以在目标区域中单独显示单张卡片以外，还可以在生成了并行关联或从属关联的两张卡片时，可以将这两张卡片同时显示在目标区域中，从而使得用户可以及时的查看更多需要的通知信息，减少了用户的操作，增强人机交互效率，提高用户的使用体验。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，电子设备若新生成了第一卡片，则在目标区域中显示第一卡片之后，方法还包括：在目标区域显示第一卡片的情况下，若电子设 备新生成了第二卡片，且第二卡片与第一卡片并行关联或从属关联，则电子设备在目标区域的第一子区域中显示第二卡片，在目标区域的第二子区域中显示第一卡片；第二卡片用于显示第二通知信息。
这样一来，电子设备便可以在新生成与已存在的卡片存在关联的卡片时，及时显示该新生成的卡片，让用户可以及时看到符合场景的新的通知信息，提高用户的使用体验。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，电子设备在目标区域中显示第一卡片，包括：电子设备将第一卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片之上，形成第一卡片堆；第一卡片堆包括两层，第一卡片堆的底层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，第一卡片堆的顶层包括第一卡片。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在第一卡片堆中，第一基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；第一卡片在顶层中对应目标区域的区域中。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，电子设备在目标区域的第一子区域中显示第二卡片，在目标区域的第二子区域中显示第一卡片，包括：电子设备将第一卡片缩小至与第二基础卡片相同，并使第一卡片显示在目标区域的第二子区域中；电子设备在缩小第一卡片的过程中，按照预设步长增大第二卡片显示在目标区域的第一子区域中的部分；在第一卡片缩小至与第二基础卡片相同且第一卡片显示在目标区域的第二子区域中时，第二卡片完全显示在目标区域的第一子区域中。
这样一来，对于屏幕比较小的电子设备而言，可以将先前单独占有目标区域的第一卡片缩小显示，进而可以在目标区域空出的部分显示第二卡片，使得用户可以同时看到关联的两张卡片。进一步的，因为这里会将先存在的第一卡片缩小显示至目标区域的第二子区域中，新出现的第二卡片则会放置在第一子区域中，这样一来，用户在看到关联的两张卡片时，可以知晓哪一张是先产生的卡片，哪一张是后产生的卡片，使用户可以根据需要选择更合适的卡片先查看。当然，这里第二子区域可以是经过统计后确定的用户在看电子设备时，看的频率最高的一部分区域。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况下，该方法还包括：电子设备获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第一待删除卡片的第一删除事件；第一待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；若电子设备响应于第一删除事件，不再在目标区域中显示第一待删除卡片，并将目标卡片堆的顶层中与第一待删除卡片并行关联的第一待独立卡片增大至第一待独立卡片完全覆盖目标卡片堆的顶层。
这样一来，删除并行关联的两张卡片中的一张时，另一张可以及时放大，可以让用户更直观的查看未删除卡片显示的通知信息。同时，放大也可以显示更多的内容，使得用户更准确的知晓未删除卡片的显示内容。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片的情况下，方法还包括：电子设备获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第二待删除卡片的第二删除事件；第二待删除卡片 为目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；若第二待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡，则电子设备响应于第二删除事件，在目标区域中显示目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层，不再显示目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片。
基于上述技术方案，因为从属关联的两张卡片显示的通知信息时紧密相关的，在主卡被删除时，大概率表明从卡也不再被需要，所以此时应当将两张卡片均删除，为其他卡片的显示空出相应的空间。使得用户可以及时查看其他用户需要的通知信息。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在第一卡片堆中，第一基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；第一卡片在顶层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中。
这样一来，对对于屏幕比较大的电子设备(例如折叠屏手机的展开状态)，可以给独立占有卡片堆的一层的第一卡片更充足的显示空间，使用户可以看到更丰富的内容，提高用户的使用体验。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，电子设备在目标区域的第一子区域中显示第二卡片，在目标区域的第二子区域中显示第一卡片，包括：电子设备按照预设步长增大第二卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片上的部分，直至第二卡片完全显示在目标区域的第一子区域中。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况下，该方法还包括：电子设备获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第三待删除卡片的第三删除事件；第三待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的一张；电子设备响应于第三删除事件，不再在目标区域中显示第三待删除卡片。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，若第三待删除卡片显示在目标区域的第一子区域，则电子设备响应于第三删除事件，不再在目标区域中显示第三待删除卡片时，该方法还包括：电子设备将目标卡片堆的顶层中与第三待删除卡片并行关联的第二待独立卡片移动至目标区域的第二子区域显示。
基于上述技术方案，因为之后是有可能再出现与第二待独立卡片存在关联的卡片的，所以处于方便用户知晓卡片生成的先后顺序，本申请中可以将关联卡片中较旧的一个放在目标区域的第二子区域中显示。所以这里将原先不处于第二子区域的第二待独立卡片移动至该第二子区域，从而使得后续用户可以知晓该第二待独立卡片是先生成的，可以给用户产看卡片的顺序提供一定的依据。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，若目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层为存在并行关联或从属关联的两张卡片，则电子设备将目标卡片堆的顶层中与第三待删除卡片并行关联的第二待独立卡片移动至目标区域的第二子区域显示后，在目标区域的第一子区域显示第一基础卡片。
因为对于屏幕较大的电子设备而言，在目标卡片堆的顶层为独立显示的某个卡片时，目标区的第一子区域是为空或者透明的，此时透出显示顶层的下一层的卡片。如果顶层的下一层为两个关联卡片中的一张，则会使得用户认为顶层独立显示的卡片与下一层透出显示的卡片存在关联，造成用户的误解。而基于上述方案则可以解决这一 点。
第一方面的一种可能的设计方式中，在目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片的情况下，该方法还包括：电子设备获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第四待删除卡片的第四删除事件；第四待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；若第四待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡，则电子设备响应于第四删除事件，在目标区域中显示目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层，不再显示目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片。
第二方面，本申请提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括：显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；显示屏、存储器与处理器耦合；其中，存储器中存储有计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当计算机指令被处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行如第一方面提供的信息显示方法。
第三方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令，当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如第一方面提供的信息显示方法。
第四方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包含可执行指令，当该计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如第一方面提供的信息显示方法。
可以理解地，上述提供的第二方面至第四方面提供的技术方案所能达到的有益效果，可参考第一方面及其任一种可能的设计方式中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1为现有技术提供的电子设备显示通知信息的场景示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件架构示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的桌面示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备的桌面示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备的桌面示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的桌面划分示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的卡片堆示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的流程示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备添加卡片堆的场景示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种第一基础卡片内容恢复的场景示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种第二基础卡片内容恢复的场景示意图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图一；
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆叠方式示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图二；
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图三；
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图四；
图18为本申请实施例提供的另一种卡片堆叠方式示意图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图五；
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图六；
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图七；
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图八；
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图九；
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十；
图25为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十一；
图26为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十二；
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十三；
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十四；
图29为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的场景示意图十五；
图30为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图一；
图31为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图二；
图32为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图三；
图33为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图四；
图34为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图五；
图35为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中插入新生成卡片的场景示意图六；
图36为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中切换顶层卡片的场景示意图一；
图37为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片堆中切换顶层卡片的场景示意图二；
图38为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图一；
图39为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图二；
图40为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图三；
图41为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图四；
图42为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图五；
图43为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图六；
图44为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图七；
图45为本申请实施例提供的一种卡片失效场景示意图八；
图46为本申请实施例提供的一种用户删除卡片堆顶层卡片的场景示意图一；
图47为本申请实施例提供的一种用户删除卡片堆顶层卡片的场景示意图二；
图48为本申请实施例提供的一种用户删除卡片堆顶层卡片的场景示意图三；
图49为本申请实施例提供的一种用户删除卡片堆顶层卡片的场景示意图四；
图50为本申请实施例提供的一种用户删除卡片堆顶层卡片的场景示意图五。
具体实施方式
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。
本申请以下实施例中所使用的术语只是为了描述特定实施例的目的，而并非旨在作为对本申请的限制。如在本申请的说明书和所附权利要求书中所使用的那样，单数表达形式“一个”、“一种”、“所述”、“上述”、“该”和“这一”旨在也包括复数表达形式，除非其上下文中明确地有相反指示。还应当理解，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联人物的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。
在本申请中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例，也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本申请所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。
本申请实施例中所提到的方位用语，例如，“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“内”、“外”、“左”、“右”等，仅是参考附图的方向，或是为了更好、更清楚地说明及理解本申请实施例，而不是指示或暗指所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作，因此不能理解为对本申请实施例的限制。
在本申请实施例的描述中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体，意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。
信息爆炸时代，信息的更迭速度越来越快，用户拥有大量的信息获取渠道。快速获取到所需的有效信息，且不受无关信息打扰，成为用户的迫切需求。同时，如何向用户提供有效信息，提高用户获取到有效信息的人机交互效率成为电子设备的改进方向。
在一些实施例中，电子设备向用户推送的有效信息又称为通知信息或推送信息。为了直观的向用户展示通知信息，电子设备可以在显示界面中通过卡片(或称为widget、微件、部件、组件等)的方式向用户展示通知信息。不同的卡片可以包括来自不同信息源的通知信息。
示例性的，信息源可以是电子设备中用于发布应用(application，APP)相关信息的系统通知服务。系统通知服务可以接收电子设备中其他应用发来的通知信息，之后以卡片的形式显示在电子设备的显示界面中。应用相关信息可以是与应用业务相关的信息，例如打车应用相关信息可以是打车建议信息，快递应用相关信息可以是取件码信息等。
示例性的，信息源还可以是电子设备中需要发布通知信息的应用。例如，天气应用、打车应用、即时通信应用、网购应用、出行应用、日历应用、运动健康应用、会议应用等。其中，天气应用的通知信息可以是当日时间及天气信息，打车应用的通知信息可以是打车建议信息，及时通信应用的通知信息可以是好友消息，网购应用的通知信息可以是优惠券推送信息，出行应用的通知信息可以是航班信息，日历应用的通 知信息可以是日程信息、运动健康应用的通知信息可以是运动量信息、会议应用的通知信息可以是当日会议提醒信息。当然，这里的各应用的通知信息仅为示例，实际中某个应用的通知信息可以存在多种，本申请对此不做具体限制。
示例性的，信息源还可以是电子设备的操作系统。操作系统的通知信息则可以是系统更新提示，应用使用时长提示信息等。
示例性的，以电子设备为手机为例。手机可以显示如图1中(a)所示的界面101。示例性的，该界面可以是手机的桌面或者主界面。参照图1所示，界面101中可以显示有手机安装的应用程序的图标以及天气卡片102。其中，天气卡片102中可以显示有当前所处区域，当日时间、当日日期、当日所处区域的天气等信息。
若用户在当前时刻之前在电子设备中预定了某个飞行航班，则在当前时间距离该航班的触发时间之间的时长小于或等于预设时长(例如5h)的情况下，电子设备中的出行应用可能会推送航班信息。示例性的，航班信息可以包括航班号、登机时间、落地时间、值机提示等。
之后，电子设备可以根据航班信息形成对应的航班卡片，并如图1中(b)所示，在界面101中天气卡片102占用的显示区域中显示航班卡片103，同时隐藏天气卡片102(即不再显示天气卡片102)。航班卡片103中可以显示有电子设备接收到的航班信息，使得用户可以从航班卡片中直观及时的获取到出行应用的通知信息的具体内容。
其中，电子设备具体可以是将航班卡片103覆盖在天气卡片上，以达到隐藏天气卡片102的目的。实际中，在电子设备当前存在两个或以上的卡片需要显示时，电子设备可以在确定所有卡片(或者卡片显示的通知信息)的优先级后，依据优先级对所有卡片进行排序，以决定当前显示哪张卡片。后续则可以周期性更新所有卡片的优先级，并基于更新后的优先级变换当前显示的卡片。例如，以电子设备当前需要显示的卡片包括天气卡片和航班卡片为例，因为天气卡片的优先级小于航班卡片，所以如图1中(b)所示，手机会在当前时刻显示航班卡片103。其中，优先级具体可以根据卡片显示的通知信息对应的时间和/或地点，结合手机当前的时间和地点来决定。
可见，在现有技术中，在电子设备有多个通知信息需要以卡片的形式展示时，电子设备则会根据各个通知信息在不同场景下的重要程度(或优先级)，在不同的场景下显示不同的卡片。其中，场景与时间、地点等场景信息相关。
但是，在一些可能的场景下，会存在多个通知信息的优先级相同的场景。可能的场景如下表1所示。
表1-多卡同显

可以看出，在很多场景下，电子设备可能都需要显示多个卡片。例如，以电子设备为手机，用户在手机中会议应用或者日程应用中设置了当天某个时间段(例如14:00-18:00)的会议，且在出行应用中预定了同时间段的航班为例。手机中的出行应用会在12:00推送航班信息(对应航班卡片)，同时会议应用推送当日会议提醒信息(对应会议提醒卡片)。此时，手机根据当前时间和地点等场景信息确定两个通知信息的优先级相同，则会随机显示任一个通知信息对应的卡片A。之后，则会在显示卡片A一定时长后，才会显示另一个通知信息对应的卡片B。这样一来，如果用户没有频繁的查看手机，可能仅会看到卡片A或者仅看到卡片B，导致用户没能及时查看到需要的通知信息，可能导致用户错过重要行程，极大的降低了用户的使用体验。退一步而言，即便用户在每次查看手机时都有实施切换操作使手机切换显示的卡片，以查看所有卡片的习惯。在卡片较多时，用户也会需要进行多次切换操作，才能查看完所有卡片。这样频繁的操作也会降低用户的使用体验。综上可见，现有的信息显示方式，人机交互效率低，用户的体验不够好。
针对上述问题，本申请提供一种信息显示方法，可以应用于具备有显示屏的电子设备。在该方法中，可以单独显示单张卡片，也可以同时显示优先级相同或者通知信息存在关联的两张卡片。这样一来，电子设备便可以以更好的方式显示承载通知信息的卡片，高效显示用户当前需要查看的通知信息，减少用户的操作，增强人机交互效率，提高用户的使用体验。
本申请中，上述电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、可穿戴设备、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)等具有显示屏的设备，本申请实施例对电子设备的具体类型不作任何限制。
以电子设备是手机为例，图2示出了本申请提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图。
参照图2所示，电子设备可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，显示屏193，用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口194，以及摄像头195等。其中，传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器，陀螺仪传感器，气压传感器，磁传感器，加速度传感器，距离传感器，接近光传感器，指纹传感器，温度传感器，触摸传感器，环境光传感器，骨传导传感器等。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器， 和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
控制器可以是电子设备的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
触摸传感器，也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器与显示屏193组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏193提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器也可以设置于电子设备的表面，与显示屏193所处的位置不同。
在本申请实施例中，触摸传感器可以检测到用户作用于多张卡片堆叠区域的第一触摸操作，并将该第一触摸操作的信息传输至处理器110，由处理器110分析该第一触摸操作对应执行的功能，例如展开切换置顶显示的卡片等。
压力传感器用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器可以设置于显示屏193。压力传感器的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备10根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏193，电子设备10根据压力传感器检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备10也可以根据压力传感器的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等 于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device，CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor，CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号，之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB，YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中，电子设备可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
电子设备可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如，拍照时，打开快门，光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上，光信号转换为电信号，摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理，转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点，亮度，肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光，色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中，ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，手机可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部的非易失性存储器，实现扩展电子设备的存储能力。外部的非易失性存储器通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部的非易失性存储器中。
内部存储器121可以包括一个或多个随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)和一个或多个非易失性存储器(non-volatile memory，NVM)。随机存取存储器可以由处理器110直接进行读写，可以用于存储操作系统或其他正在运行中的程序的可执行程序(例如机器指令)，还可以用于存储用户及应用程序的数据等。非易失性存储器也可以存储可执行程序和存储用户及应用程序的数据等，可以提前加载到随机存取存储器中，用于处理器110直接进行读写。在本申请实施例中，内部存储器121可以存储有电子设备在单镜拍摄或多镜拍摄等模式下拍摄的图片文件或录制的视频文件等。
当然，可以理解的，上述图2所示仅仅为电子设备的形态为手机时的示例性说明。若电子设备是平板电脑，手持计算机，PC，PDA，可穿戴式设备(如：智能手表、智能手环)等其他设备形态时，电子设备的结构中可以包括比图2中所示更少的结构，也可以包括比图2中所示更多的结构，在此不作限制。
可以理解的是，电子设备功能的实现除了硬件支持外，还需要软件的配合。上述电子设备的软件系统可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本申请实施例以分层架构的系统为例，示例性说明电子设备的软件架构。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些示例中，参照图3所示，本申请提供的电子设备的软件架构由上至下可以包括：应用程序层、应用程序框架层、安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库，以及内核层。
1、应用程序层
应用程序层可以包括一系列安装在电子设备中的目标应用。
如图3所示，上述目标应用可以包括通话、短信息，音乐，文件管理器，图库，浏览器，备忘录，日历，邮件等。目标应用可以是电子设备的系统应用，也可以是第三方应用，本申请对此不做具体限制。
参照图3所示，应用程序层还可以包括桌面应用(Launcher)。一般的，安卓系统启动后,桌面应用可作为核心应用常驻在安卓系统中运行。Launcher作为Android系统的启动器，可对安装的应用程序进行基础的管理，比如删除或者展示应用程序等。
出于方便管理起见，桌面应用可以预先将电子设备的显示界面(例如桌面)分为大小一致的多个网格单元，这些网格单元对齐可以形成完整的显示界面。桌面应用则可以以一个网格单元为最小单位在显示界面中进行布局和显示。
例如，以电子设备为手机，显示界面为桌面为例，参照图4中(a)所示，桌面应用可以将桌面401分为4*6个网格单元402。在初始状态(例如桌面应用还未接收到电子设备中任何应用的通知信息的情况下)，桌面应用可以在桌面401中显示两个系统应用对应的卡片。例如，如图4中(a)所示，桌面应用可以显示有天气应用对应的天气卡片403和运动健康应用对应的运动卡片404。天气卡片403和运动卡片404在桌面401中的大小可以为2*2，即天气卡片403和运动卡片404各占用了4个网格单元402的大小显示在桌面401中。其中，天气卡片402可以显示有手机所处位置当天的时间和天气情况，运动卡片403则可以显示持有所述手机的用户的运动情况。
当然，实际中在初始状态，桌面应用显示的也可以是其他任意可行的系统应用对应的卡片，后续实施例同理。对此本申请不做具体限制。
在另一些实施例中，由于用户可能会在天气应用中设置常驻区域(例如北京)。之后，如果用户将手机携带有其他区域(例如柏林)的情况下，天气卡片中则会显示常驻区域和手机当前所处区域的时间和天气情况。例如图4中(b)所示，天气卡片407中可以显示有北京(即常驻区域)和柏林(即手机当前所处区域)的当前的时间和天气。在一些实例中，图4中(b)所示的天气卡片407可以称为双时钟天气卡片。
相比于如图1中(a)所示的天气卡片102而言，本申请实施例中电子设备显示的如图4中(a)所示天气卡片403，其不再透明。且为了能以更少的空间显示更丰富的内容，需要显示的信息也会进行相应的缩略，例如天气卡片102中显示的星期四，在天气卡片403中则变为周四。此外，由于显示空间的限制，本申请实施例中的天气卡片对于某些用户可能不太在意的信息将不再显示。例如，天气卡片403中可以不再显示如天气卡片102中的空气质量(例如空气量)。图4中(b)中所示的天气卡片405同理。此外，本申请实施例中所有相比于现有技术中原规格显示的卡片进行了缩小化后显示的卡片同理。
又例如，以电子设备为折叠屏手机，且折叠屏手机处于折叠状态以外屏作为显示 屏进行显示为例，参照图5中(a)所示，桌面应用可以将桌面501分为5*6个网格单元502。此时，结合图4中(a)所示的实例，参照图5中(a)所示，在初始状态，桌面应用可以在桌面501中显示天气卡片503和运动健康应用对应的运动卡片504。天气卡片503在桌面501中的大小可以为2*2，即天气卡片503占用了4个网格单元502的大小显示在桌面501中。运动卡片504在桌面501中的大小可以为3*2，即运动卡片504占用了6个网格单元502的大小显示在桌面501中。另一些实施例中，参照图5中(b)所示，桌面应用可以在桌面501中显示双时钟天气卡片505。双时钟天气卡片505的生成来由可以参照前述实施例中的相关表述，此处不再赘述。
再例如，以电子设备为折叠屏手机，且折叠屏手机处于展开状态以内屏作为显示屏进行显示为例，参照图6所示，桌面应用可以将桌面601分为5*6个网格单元602。此时，结合图4中(a)所示的实例，参照图6所示，在初始状态，桌面应用可以在桌面601中显示天气卡片603和运动健康应用对应的运动卡片604。天气卡片603在桌面601中的大小可以为2*2，即天气卡片603占用了4个网格单元602的大小显示在桌面601中。运动卡片604在桌面601中的大小可以为3*2，即运动卡片604占用了6个网格单元602的大小显示在桌面601中。另一些实施例中，参照图6中(b)所示，桌面应用可以在桌面601中显示双时钟天气卡片605。双时钟天气卡片605的生成来由可以参照前述实施例中的相关表述，此处不再赘述。
当然，实际中桌面应用将桌面分为多少个网格单元也可以由用户设置，普通非折叠屏手机和折叠屏手机的桌面划分网格单元的样式也可以一样，本申请对此不做具体限制。另外，结合上述图4-图6的示例，本申请中，可以将电子设备的桌面中显示天气卡片和运动卡片的区域称为目标区域，目标区域中显示天气卡片的区域成为第一子区域，显示运动卡片的区域称为第二子区域。
在一些示例中，基于用户的设置或者手机的默认设置，电子设备的桌面可以存在有多个切换区和一个常驻区。每个切换区中可以显示不同的内容，例如不同应用的图标。用户在需要查看其它切换区的内容时，可以通过在切换区中实施滑动操作。手机则可以响应于该滑动操作，将当前显示的切换区切换为其他切换区。常驻区中则显示有固定应用的图标，且用户不能对常驻区进行切换，但是可以对常驻区中显示的应用的图标进行调换。本申请实施例中提到的划分网格单元的桌面具体可以指桌面中的切换区。例如，以电子设备为手机为例，参照图7中(a)所示，手机的桌面显示有第一切换区701和常驻区702。手机可以接收用户在第一切换区701上实施的左滑操作。响应于该左滑操作，参照图7中(b)所示，手机可以将第一切换区701切换为第二切换区703。第二切换区703显示的内容和第一切换区701不同。
在本申请实施例中，在初始状态之后，桌面应用可以接收来自目标应用的通知信息，并基于该通知信息在显示界面中显示对应该通知信息的目标卡片。例如，桌面应用在接收到出行应用发送的航班信息后，可以基于该航班信息形成对应的航班卡片，并将该航班卡片显示在天气卡片和运动卡片所占用的显示区域中，同时隐藏天气卡片和运动卡片。本申请实施例中，桌面应用具体可以是将航班卡片覆盖在天气卡片和/或运动卡片之上，即将航班卡片显示在第一区域和/或第二区域中，以起到隐藏天气卡片和运动卡片的目的。
其中，航班信息可以是出行应用所属的服务器在检测到该电子设备对应的飞行订单中的登机时间，距离当前时刻小于或等于预设时长的情况下，向该电子设备发送的。当然，实际中出行应用本身的飞行订单业务可能是基于其他服务器进行的，例如是基于中铁路的12306应用所属的服务器进行的。那么，该航班信息则可以是该出行应用从12306应用所属的服务器中获取到该电子设备的飞行订单后得到的。之后，该出行应用则可以基于该飞行订单在特定情况(例如登机时间局域当前时刻小于或等于预设时长)下向电子设备发送该航班信息。
在本申请的一些示例中，该桌面应用在显示界面中显示卡片可以是交互性的卡片。在卡片显示应用程序1的通知信息时，该建议卡片可提供启动应用程序1的启动接口。这样，电子设备接收到用户对该卡片的触发操作时，可显示应用程序1中的一个应用界面。另外，电子设备评估出卡片所显示内容不再需用户查看时，还可以删除该卡片或者隐藏显示该卡片。比如，在接收到用户对卡片的操作或者实时场景与该卡片的推送信息不再匹配等情况下，可以删除该卡片或隐藏显示该卡片。
另外，实际中可能电子设备中多个应用可能会经常性的向桌面应用推送通知信息，如果全部生成卡片显示，会导致电子设备显示很多当前用户不需要的信息。基于此，在本申请中，桌面应用在接收到多个通知信息时，可以从将其中满足预设条件的通知信息(可以由电子设备的人工智能程序确定)生成卡片并显示。预设条件则可以根据电子设备当前所处的场景确定的。例如，电子设备在确定当前时刻为11:00，同时接收到的通知信息中，存在某个航班信息对应的登机时间(例如13:00)距离当前时刻小于预设时长(例如3小时)，则确定需要将该通知信息生成卡片并显示。当然，实际中还可以是其他任意可行的确定方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
在本申请实施例中，桌面应用可以包括管理模块和显示模块。其中，管理模块用于管理所有来自目标应用的通知信息。例如，确定通知信息的优先级，确定通知信息对应的卡片的大小和位置等。管理模块可以将需要显示的通知信息发送给显示模块进行显示。
示例性的，管理模块可以根据需要在显示界面中显示的通知信息的内容，以及预设优先级确定规则(例如通知信息对应的时刻越接近当前时刻，则优先级越高)确定相应卡片的优先级，并创建优先级列表。一种可实现的方式中，通知信息可以包括有时间信息和/或地理位置信息。其中，该时间信息可以为某个时刻(例如早上8:00)，也可以为某个时间段(例如早上8:00-早上10:00)。地理位置信息可以为某个地点或者某块区域。预设优先级确定规则可以为：建议卡片中的通知信息中的时间信息和当前时刻越接近，则建议卡片的优先级越高；建议卡片中的通知信对应的时间信息和手机当前位置越接近，则建议卡片的优先级越高。当然，这里仅为示例，实际中预设优先级确定规则还可以包含有其他确定条件，例如建议卡片中的通知时间所属的应用优先级越高则该建议卡片的优先级越高，又例如建议卡片建立的时间越早则优先级越低。本申请对此不做具体限制。
示例性的，以当前电子设备需要显示的通知信息为天气应用的时间天气信息、运动健康应用的运动信息和出行应用的航班信息为例。电子设备可以确定天气卡片和运动卡片建立的最早，且天气应用和运动健康应用的优先级比出行应用低。所以可以确 定航班卡片的优先级高于天气卡片和运动卡片，天气卡片和运动卡片的优先级则可以相等。最终可以得到如下表2所示的优先级列表。
表2-优先级列表
参照上表2所示，其中优先级越大的卡片其对应的优先级数值越大。另外，如果桌面应用需要在显示界面中显示更多的卡片时，若航班卡片的优先级还是最大的，则会调整上表2中航班卡片优先级的数值，以使其最大。
管理模块在确定好当前需要显示的所有卡片的优先级后，则可以根据所有卡片的优先级来生成卡片堆并显示。其中优先级越高的卡片在卡片堆中的层级越高，即优先级最高的卡片会处于卡片堆最上方以显示在显示界面中，其余卡片则依次堆叠在该卡片下方。当然，桌面应用还可以为每个卡片设置相应的保留时长，即每个卡片在卡片堆中可以存在多久。某个达到保留时长后，会自动删除相应的卡片。该保留时长可以是桌面应用根据卡片对应的通知信息确定的，也可以是通知信息中直接携带的信息，本申请对此不做具体限制。
一种可实现的方式中，以表2所示的实例为例，参照图8中(a)所示，管理模块可以控制显示模块在桌面中的目标区域801中生成卡片堆。其中，卡片堆的最底层对应目标区域的第一子区域8011的区域存在有天气卡片802，卡片堆802的最底层的对应目标区域的第二子区域的8012区域存在有运动卡片803，卡片堆802的最上层则显示有航班卡片804。当然，图8中(a)所示的卡片堆示意仅为说明卡片堆结果，实际中该场景下，用户在电子设备的桌面中可以完整看到的仅有航班卡片。
另一种可实现的方式中，以表2所示的实例为例，参照图8中(b)所示，管理模块可以控制显示模块在桌面中的目标区域801中生成卡片堆。其中，卡片堆的最底层的对应目标区域的第一子区域8011的区域存在有天气卡片802，卡片堆的最底层的对应目标区域的第二子区域8012的区域存在有运动卡片803。卡片堆的最上层的对应目标区域的第二子区域8012的区域则为航班卡片807，卡片堆802的最上层806的对应目标区域的第一子区域8011的区域则为空或者透明。当然，图8中(b)所示的卡片堆示意仅为说明卡片堆结果，实际中该场景下，用户在电子设备的桌面中看到的为天气卡片和航班卡片，运动卡片则因为被航班卡片完全覆盖所以看不到。
之后，因为用户对同一建议卡片的需要程度会随着时间而改变，卡片堆中的每个建议卡片的优先级可能会随着时间的改变而改变，所以为了使得卡片堆中卡片的排序能够体现出用户的需要程度，方便用户查看。管理模块可以每隔一段固定时长(例如10分钟)重新确定一次所有建议卡片的优先级，并依据所有建议卡片的优先级更新卡片堆中所有卡片的层级。其中，该固定时长可以是默认值，也可以是用户设置的。例如，卡片堆中A卡片当前优先级最高，在卡片堆最上层显示。10min后，该A卡片的优先级变为其所处卡片堆中的第二高的优先级，B卡片则变为最高优先级的卡片，则管理模块会将B卡片显示在卡片堆的最上层，B卡片的下一层则为A卡片。
在另一些实施例中，对于桌面应用正在显示的卡片，除了可以周期性更新卡片的优先级，进而调整卡片在卡片堆中的层级以外，还可以在不需要新增卡片的情况下，不主动对所有已有卡片的优先级进行更新。而是根据卡片对应的通知信息为不同卡片设置不同的保留时长和显示时长，进而根据保留时长和显示时长对当前所有卡片的层级进行更新。若需要新增卡片，则可以在确定好新增卡片的优先级后，重复上述过程。
其中，显示时长是指卡片在桌面显示的时长，即卡片处于卡片堆最上层的时长。保留时长则是指卡片在卡片堆中存在的时长或者将卡片保留在桌面上的时长。在卡片保留在桌面上时可以显示也可以不显示，即桌面应用可以将该卡片放置在卡片堆最上层显示，也可以放在卡片堆最上层以外的层级不显示，具体根据所有卡片的优先级和显示时长而定。一般的，显示时长小于或等于保留时长。
例如，若卡片A的显示时长为3分钟min，保留时长为10min，那么当桌面应用在卡片堆的最上层显示卡片A的时长达到3min后，可以将卡片A下层的卡片显示在卡片堆最上层，进而隐藏卡片A。此时，卡片A仍保留在卡片堆中，用户可以通过切换卡片堆最上层卡片的方式，使卡片A重新在卡片堆的最上方显示。之后，若卡片A在卡片堆中保留了10min,则桌面应用可以将卡片A删除。之后，用户则无法从卡堆中切换得到卡片A。卡片堆中的其他卡片同理。
示例性的，结合上述表2所示的实例，桌面应用中的管理模块最终可以得到如下表3所示的卡片显示情况表。
表3-显示情况
参照表3所示，因为天气卡片和运动卡片属于桌面在初始状态便显示的两个系统应用的卡片，这两张卡片显示的信息可以是系统应用实时更新的。所以桌面应用可以一直将这两张卡片保留在卡片堆中，即其保留时长不存在或者无穷大。
桌面应用还可以接收来自目标应用的目标卡片的更新信息，并基于该更新信息更新桌面中显示的目标卡片显示的内容。桌面应用还可以接收来自目标应用的删除目标卡片的删除信息，并基于该删除信息删除电子设备在桌面中的目标卡片。
需要说明的是，实际中可以不存在上述如表2所示的优先级列表和/或如表3所示的显示情况表，只需要管理模块可以确定这两个表中数据且可以根据该数据控制显示模块进行相关显示即可。当然，实际中如表2所示的优先级列表和/或如表3所示的显示情况表中的数据也可由电子设备中的其他任意可行模块生成后发送给管理模块使用。本申请对此不做具体限制。
参照图3所示，应用程序层还可以包括系统通知服务。系统通知服务可以接收来自目标应用的针对目标卡片的相关信息，便将该相关信息发送至桌面应用，以使桌面应用基于该相关信息进行相关操作。示例性的，相关信息可以是前述实施例中的目标应用的通知信息，此时相关操作则可以是显示对应该通知信息的目标卡片。相关信息可以是前述实施例中的目标卡片的更新信息，此时相关操作则可以是对目标卡片显示 内容的更新。相关信息可以是前述实施例中的目标卡片的删除信息，此时相关操作则可以是对目标卡片的删除。
2、应用程序框架层
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
示例性的，应用程序框架层中可以包括活动管理器，窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，资源管理器，输入法管理器等。
其中，活动管理器可用于管理每个应用的生命周期。应用通常以activity的形式运行在操作系统中。活动管理器可以调度应用的activity进程管理每个应用的生命周期。窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等。
参照图3所示，应用程序框架层还可以包括输入管理服务(input manager service)。输入管理服务用于管理用户在电子设备上的操作(如：滑动操作，删除操作，或者点击操作等任意可行的操作)，并通过窗口管理服务(window manager service，WMS)将用户在手机上的操作反馈给桌面应用，以便桌面应用根据用户在手机上的操作执行相应的操作。例如，输入管理服务可以接收用户对桌面中显示的目标卡片的删除操作，并通过窗口管理服务将对目标卡片的删除操作反馈至桌面应用中的管理模块，以使该管理模块控制桌面应用中的显示模块删除目标卡片，即不再在桌面中显示和保留该目标卡片。
3、安卓运行时和系统库
安卓运行时包括核心库和虚拟机。安卓运行时负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，2D图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。
其中，表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理 等。2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
4、内核层
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动等，本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。
基于上述硬件架构和软件架构，以下以电子设备为手机为例，对本申请实施例提供的信息显示方法进行介绍。
参照图9所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种信息显示方法的流程示意图。参照图9所示，该方法可以包括S901-S904：
S901、手机显示第一桌面；第一桌面中的目标区域中的第一子区域显示有第一基础卡片，目标区域的第二子区域显示有第二基础卡片，第一基础卡片显示有第一系统应用的内容，第二基础卡片显示有第二系统应用的内容。
其中，第一桌面可以是手机的负一屏，也可以是手机桌面中的任一切换区，例如手机开机后显示的主界面中的切换区。第一基础卡片也可以显示在目标区域的第二子区域中，第二基础卡片也可以显示在目标区域中的第一子区域中，本申请对此不做具体限制。
其中，第一系统应用可以为任一可以以卡片方式显示内容的系统应用，例如天气应用，此时第一基础卡片则可以称为天气卡片。天气卡片中可以显示有手机当前所处区域的当日时间和天气信息。第二系统应用可以为手机中除第一系统应用以外的任一可以以卡片方式显示内容的系统应用，例如运动健康应用，此时第二基础卡片则可以为运动卡片。运动卡片可以显示有持有手机的用户当天的运动情况。
第一桌面的具体显示场景可以参照前述实施例中图4-图6中所示的示例，此处不再赘述。
一种可实现的方式中，第一桌面的目标区域中显示的第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片可以是手机开机后，默认创建并显示的。例如，第一桌面的负一屏可以默认在目标区域中的第一子区域显示有第一基础卡片，目标区域的第二子区域显示有第二基础卡片。
另一种可实现的方式中，第一桌面的目标区域中显示的第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片还可以是响应于用户创建卡片堆的操作显示的。
示例性的，以电子设备为手机，第一桌面为手机的主界面，第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片为例。参照图10中(a)，手机在显示主界面1001时，可以接收用户在主界面1001实施的添加窗口工具的预设操作。例如，该预设操作可以为两指捏合的操作。响应于该预设操作，手机的桌面应用可以在主界面1001中显示如图10中(b)所示的工具菜单1002。工具菜单1002中包括有用于添加窗口工具(或者称为组件)的工具选项1003。之后，手机可以接收用于对工具选项1003的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，手机的桌面应用可以在主界面1001中显示如图10中(c)所示的预览窗口1004，在该预览窗口1004中，用户可以通过向左滑动或向右滑动，以查看手机当前所有可以添加在主界面1001中的窗口工具。该预览窗口1004中包括有用于以卡片方式智能显示通知信息的YOYO建议工具1005。其中，YOYO为手机的智能助手的设定名称，实际中也可以称为建议工具。可以理解的， 本申请实施例对YOYO建议工具1005的名称不做具体限制。在预览窗口1004中，YOYO建议工具1005的具体样式可以是由天气卡片和运动卡片组成，用以提示用户在YOYO建议工具1005初始设置在主界面1001或者没有其他通知信息时，默认显示天气卡片和运动卡片。
之后，手机可以接收用于对YOYO建议工具1005的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，则图10中(d)所示，手机的桌面应用可以在主界面1001中的目标区域显示YOYO建议工具1005。此时，因为桌面应用还没有接收到其他应用推送的通知信息，YOYO建议工具1005中平铺显示有天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007，即目标区域的第一子区域中显示有天气卡片1006，目标区域的第二子区域中显示有运动卡片1007。其中，目标区域可以是主界面1001中最上方4*2个单元格大小的区域，第一子区域可以是目标区域中左侧的2*2个单元格大小的区域，第二子区域可以是目标区域中右侧的2*2个单元格大小的区域。这里提到的左和右为相反的两个方向，左对应的方向具体可以是从桌面的右边框朝向桌面的左边框的方向，且该方向垂直于桌面的左边框和右边框。后续类似场景同理，此后不再赘述。
此外，为了指示用户YOYO建议工具1005的作用，当手机的桌面应用在第一桌面中首次显示用户操作添加的YOYO建议工具时，桌面应用可以显示引导弹窗。该引导弹窗中则可以显示有用于提示用户YOYO建议工具的功能，以及切换卡片和删除卡片的操作方法的信息。当然，该引导弹窗还可以是在其他任意可行的时机进行显示。
在另一些实施例中，若第一桌面为折叠屏手机折叠状态下的外屏中的主界面，则第一桌面的目标区域中显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的具体实例则可以参照图5中(a)所示。其中，目标区域则为主界面中最上方的5*2个单元格大小的区域，第一子区域则可以是目标区域中左侧的2*2个单元格大小的区域，第二子区域则可以是目标区域中3*2个单元格大小的区域。
在又一些实施例中，若第一桌面为折叠屏手机展开状态下的内屏中的主界面，则第一桌面的目标区域中显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的具体实例则可以参照图5中(a)所示。其中，目标区域则为主界面中最上方的5*2个单元格大小的区域，第一子区域则可以是目标区域中左侧的2*2个单元格大小的区域，第二子区域则可以是目标区域中3*2个单元格大小的区域。
在一些实施例中，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片为例，若用户通过卸载操作卸载了手机中的天气应用。则在手机的桌面应用未接收到其他应用的通知信息，或者在桌面应用响应于用户的切换操作在第一桌面的目标区域中显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，第一基础卡片则由天气卡片变为占位卡片。示例性的，在这种情况下，参照图11中(a)所示，手机可以在第一桌面1101的目标区域中的第一子区域中显示有占位卡片1102，目标区域中的第二子区域中显示有运动卡片1103。其中，占位卡片中则显示有多个占位符。示例性的，占位符可以是任意规格的矩形块。
之后，如果用户想要重新查看天气卡片显示的天气信息，则可以通过点击占位卡片1102实现。具体的，手机可以接收用户对占位卡片1102的触发操作(例如点击操作)，显示如图11中(b)所示的恢复弹窗1104。恢复弹窗1104中则可以显示有提 示用户重新安装天气应用的提示信息，例如：是否恢复“天气”应用？应用已被卸载，需回复后才能正常使用。恢复弹窗1104中还包括有取消选项1105和恢复选项1106。恢复选项1106用于触发手机重新安装天气应用，并将占位卡片恢复为天气卡片。取消选项1105则用于触发手机取消显示恢复弹窗1104。
手机可以接收用户对恢复选项1106的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，手机可以自动重新安装天气应用，并将占位卡片恢复为天气卡片，显示如图11中(c)所示的第一桌面1101。相比于图11中(a)所示的第一桌面，图11中(c)所示的第一桌面1101中，目标区域的第一子区域显示有天气卡片1107。在一些可能的情况中，手机可能会因为网络不佳等情况无法安装天气应用。这种情况下，响应于用户对恢复选项1106的触发操作，手机会显示如图11中(d)所示的恢复失败提醒信息1108，例如：“天气”应用恢复失败。
手机还可以接收用户对取消选项1105的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，手机取消显示恢复弹窗1104，即显示如图11中(a)所示的第一桌面1101。
在一些实施例中，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片为例，若用户通过卸载操作卸载了手机中的运动健康应用。则在手机的桌面应用未接收到其他应用的通知信息，或者在桌面应用响应于用户的切换操作在第一桌面的目标区域中显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，第一基础卡片则由天气卡片变为占位卡片。示例性的，在这种情况下，参照图12中(a)所示，手机可以在第一桌面1201的目标区域中的第二子区域中显示有占位卡片1202，目标区域中的第一子区域中显示有天气卡片1203。其中，占位卡片中则显示有多个占位符。示例性的，占位符可以是任意规格的矩形块。
之后，如果用户想要重新查看运动卡片显示的运动信息，则可以通过点击占位卡片1202实现。具体的，手机可以接收用户对占位卡片1202的触发操作(例如点击操作)，显示如图12中(b)所示的恢复弹窗1204。恢复弹窗1204中则可以显示有提示用户重新安装天气应用的提示信息，例如：是否恢复“运动健康”应用？应用已被卸载，需回复后才能正常使用。恢复弹窗1204中还包括有取消选项1205和恢复选项1206。恢复选项1206用于触发手机重新安装运动健康应用，并将占位卡片恢复为运动卡片。取消选项1205则用于触发手机取消显示恢复弹窗1204。
手机可以接收用户对恢复选项1206的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，手机可以自动重新安装运动健康应用，并将占位卡片恢复为运动卡片，显示如图12中(c)所示的第一桌面1201。相比于图12中(a)所示的第一桌面，图12中(c)所示的第一桌面1201中，目标区域的第二子区域显示有运动卡片1207。在一些可能的情况中，手机可能会因为网络不佳等情况无法安装运动健康应用。这种情况下，响应于用户对恢复选项1206的触发操作，手机会显示如图12中(d)所示的恢复失败提醒信息1208，例如：“运动健康”应用恢复失败。
手机还可以接收用户对取消选项1205的触发操作(例如点击操作)。响应于该触发操作，手机取消显示恢复弹窗1204，即显示如图12中(a)所示的第一桌面1201。
这样一来，用户便可以在卸载了第一系统应用和/或第二系统应用的情况下，通过快捷的方式触发手机重新安装已卸载的第一系统应用和/或第二系统应用，从而使得手 机在第一桌面可以正常显示相应的基础卡片，提高用户的使用体验。
在本申请实施例中，为了方便向用户展示所有通知信息中符合预设条件的通知信息。在用户操作手机在第一桌面中设置YOYO建议工具后，即手机在第一桌面的目标区域中的第一子区域中显示第一基础卡片，在目标区域中的第二子区域中显示第二基础卡片后。手机的桌面应用可以接收其他应用推送的通知信息，并在第一桌面中的目标区域以卡片的方式显示符合预设条件的通知信息。即在S901之后，本申请实施例提供的信息显示方法还包括如下的S902-S904。
其中，符合预设条件的通知信息可以由手机本身携带的人工智能程序(可以称为智能助手)判断得到。示例性的，预设条件可以是当前所有通知信息中，符合手机当前使用场景的通知信息。这里的当前使用场景则可以根据时间、位置等信息确定。例如时间为工作日上午10:00，位置为某写字楼，则使用场景可以为工作场景。此时的符合手机当前使用场景的通知信息则可以是工作相关APP的通知信息(例如日历应用推送的会议日程信息等)。又例如，时间为下午五点，位置为某快递取件点，则使用场景可以为取快递场景。则此时的符合手机当前使用场景的通知信息则可以是某个购物APP的取件通知信息(例如取件码)。再例如，若时间为上午11:00，地点为某小区，且用户提前在出行应用中预定了当前15:00的航班，同时用户在日历应用或会议应用中提前预约了当天14:00-17:00的会议，则符合当前使用场景的通知信息可以包括出行应用推送的航班信息以及日历应用(或会议应用)推送的会议提醒信息。
另外，在本申请实施例中，S901步骤实施后，可以认为目标区域中存在了卡片堆。此时卡片堆仅有一层，且该层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片。第一基础卡片可以认为是在其所属层级(即最高层)中对应所述目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片则可以认为是在其所属层级(即最高层)中对应所述目标区域的第一子区域的区域中。
S902、在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，手机若新生成了第一卡片，则在第一桌面的目标区域中显示第一卡片。
其中，第一卡片可以是手机的桌面应用接收到来自手机上的其他应用推送的符合手机当前使用场景的通知信息(即为本申请中的第一通知信息)后生成的。
在本申请中，第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片是用户在操作手机建立YOYO建议工具时，初始状态显示的两个卡片，可以认为这两个卡片中显示的内容不是用户当前场景下需要查看内容。基于此，在本申请实施例中，手机的桌面应用可以将第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的优先级确定为所有需要显示的卡片中优先级最低的卡片，后续实施例中同理。所以，在手机的桌面应用新生成了一个目标卡片时，其优先级必然大于第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，即可以将目标卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片和/或第二基础卡片上，以起到在目标区域中显示目标卡片的目的。当然，出于让用户可以及时看到最新的通知信息或者最新生成的目标卡片，手机的桌面应用也应当将目标卡片显示在目标区域中供用户查看。
在第一种可实现的方式中，若手机为非折叠屏手机，则参照图13中(a)所示，在初始状态(即用户触发手机在第一桌面中设置YOYO建议工具)，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域的第一子区域显示第一基础卡片，目标区域中的第二子区域中显示第二基 础卡片。示例性，以桌面应用将第一桌面分为4*6个网格单元，目标区域则占4*2个单元格，第一基础卡片和第二基础的大小均为2*2。在手机的桌面应用新生成第一卡片后，参照图13中(b)所示，手机的桌面应用可以将第一卡片完全覆盖在第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片上，以实现在目标区域显示第一卡片的目的。其中，第一卡片的大小则为4*2。此时，目标区域中则会存在由第一基础卡片、第二基础卡片和第一卡片所堆叠形成的卡片堆(即第一卡片堆)，该卡片堆包括两层，底层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，最顶层则包括第一卡片。其中，第一基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；第一卡片则处于顶层对应目标区域的区域中。
在本申请实施例中，非折叠屏手机中，第一桌面的目标区域中多个卡片堆叠形成卡片堆的方式至少可以包括三种方式，分别为：堆叠方式一，堆叠方式二和堆叠方式三。具体描述如下：
堆叠方式一：参照图14中(a)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式可以是除底层外每一层的卡片完全覆盖在下一层卡片上。需要说明的是，如果某层存在两张卡片，出于方便用户确认是两张卡片，两张卡片之间会存在空隙。若其下一层仅一张卡片，则这里的完全覆盖可以是指这两张卡片加上两者之间的空隙完全覆盖其下一层的一张卡片。当然，实际中为了提高用户的观感，若卡片堆最上层为两张卡片，且第二层的为一张卡片，则可以隐藏第二层中的卡片从两张卡片露出的部分或者隐藏卡片堆除最上层的卡片以外的所有卡片。
堆叠方式二：参照图14中(b)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式二可以是在堆叠方式一的基础上，除卡片堆的最上层的卡片以外，每一层卡片相对于其上层的卡片，整体向下平移第一预设距离h1。
堆叠方式三：参照图14中的(c)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式二可以是在堆叠方式一的基础上，除卡片堆的最上层的卡片以外，每个卡片相对于其上层的卡片按照预设比例进行缩放后向下平移第二预设距离h2，并向右平移第三预设距离h3。具体的，参照图14中(c)所示，堆叠方式三形成的卡片堆的外形可以是中轴对称的。
本申请实施例中，以上述堆叠方式一作为卡片堆中卡片的堆叠方式。
在本申请实施例中，在第一种实现方式中，第一卡片覆盖至第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片上，以达到在目标区域显示的方式可以是由目标区域的上方逐渐向下覆盖。示例性的，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片，第一卡片为航班卡片为例。结合图10中(d)所示的实例，在航班卡片在逐步由上至下覆盖至天气卡片和运动卡片之上的过程中，参照图15中(a)所示，手机的桌面应用可以在第一桌面的目标区域中可以显示有航班卡片1501自下而上的一部分，以及天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007自下而上的一部分。其中，天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007自上而下的一部分已被隐藏，而航班卡片1501自下而上的一部分则显示在目标区域中。这里提到的下和上为相反的两个方向，上对应的方向具体可以是从第一桌面的下边框朝向第一桌面的上边框的方向，且该方向垂直于第一桌面的下边框。后续类似场景同理，此后不再赘述。
另外，为了带给用户一种天气卡片和运动卡片正在消失的观感，参照图15中(a) 所示，在天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007被航班卡片1501覆盖的过程中，手机的桌面应用可以控制天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007可以按照一定比例逐步缩小。此外，在缩小的同时，手机的桌面应用还可以控制天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007还可以逐步增大自身的透明度。
之后，在航班卡片1501完全覆盖至天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007之上时，则参照图15中(b)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域则显示有航班卡片1501，天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007则不再显示。
在一些实施例中，参照图15中(b)所示，手机的桌面应用还可以在目标区域中的卡片对堆的周围显示导航栏1502。导航栏1502中可以由多个导航点1503。导航点1503的数量可以和卡片堆中的层数相同，每个导航点对应卡片堆中的一层，卡片堆当前显示的一层对应的导航点会高亮显示。这样，通过导航栏1502便可以提示用户当前卡片堆有多少层，以使指示用户当前卡片堆在展示第几层。
示例性的，上述导航栏1502可以在卡片堆的周围动态的显示或隐藏。例如，桌面应用可在生成新的卡片添加进卡片堆中时，短暂闪现(例如显示1s)导航栏1502。又例如，桌面应用可在上述卡片堆中卡片数目发生变化时短暂闪现导航栏1502。又例如，桌面应用可在用户从其他显示界面切换至上述第一桌面时短暂闪现导航栏1502。再例如，桌面应用可以在响应于用户的切换操作切换卡片堆中最上层显示的卡片时，短暂闪现导航栏1502。对此，本申请实施例不做具体限制。后续实施例同理。
当然，实际中对于非折叠屏手机而言，第一卡片覆盖至第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片上的实现过程或者覆盖动效还可以是其他任意可行方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
在第二种可实现的方式中，若手机为折叠屏手机，且处于折叠状态使用外屏显示第一桌面，则手机桌面应用在第一桌面中的目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，以及在目标区域中显示第一卡片的具体实现和非折叠屏手机类似。结合图13所示的实例，两者的区别在于，若折叠屏手机的外屏被桌面应用分为5*6个单元格。则参照图16中(a)所示，第一基础卡片的大小可以为2*2，即第一基础卡片所处的第一子区域的大小为2*2个单元格，第二基础卡片的大小可以为3*2，即第一基础卡片所处的第一子区域的大小为3*2个单元格，目标区域则为5*2个单元格。在手机的桌面应用新生成第一卡片后，则参照图16中(b)所示，手机的桌面应用可以将第一卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片上，以实现在目标区域显示第一卡片的目的。其中，第一卡片的大小则为5*2。此时，目标区域中存在的由第一基础卡片、第二基础卡片和第一卡片所堆叠形成的卡片堆与上述图13对应的第一种可实现的方式生成的卡片堆相同。
在本申请实施例中，折叠屏手机处于折叠状态时中，其外屏显示的第一桌面的目标区域中多个卡片堆叠形成卡片堆的方式与折叠屏手机相同，此处不再赘述。两者可能的区别可以是卡片堆所处的目标区域所占的单元格数量不同，例如非折叠屏手机中目标区域占4*2个单元格，折叠屏手机折叠状态的外屏中的目标区域占5*2个单元格。当然，实际中用户也可以将折叠屏手机折叠状态下，外屏单元格的划分变为4*6，此时折叠屏手机折叠状态下外屏中的第一桌面的目标区域显示的卡片堆和非折叠屏手机 的第一桌面的目标区域显示的卡片堆的堆叠方式相同。
本申请实施例中，在第二种实现方式中，第一卡片覆盖至第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片上，以达到在目标区域显示的方式可以是由目标区域的上方逐渐向下覆盖。其具体实现可以参照前述实施例中针对图15的相关表述，此处不再赘述。两者的区别在于，目标区域所占的单元格数量可能不同。
在第三种实现方式中，若手机为折叠屏手机，且处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面，则参照图17中(a)所示，在初始状态(即用户触发手机在第一桌面中设置YOYO建议工具)，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域的第一子区域显示第一基础卡片，目标区域中的第二子区域中显示第二基础卡片。示例性，以桌面应用将第一桌面分为5*6个网格单元，目标区域则占5*2个单元格，第一基础卡片的大小为2*2，第二基础卡片的大小为3*2。在手机的桌面应用新生成第一卡片后，因为折叠屏手机处于展开状态时的内屏要比非折叠屏手机的显示屏以及折叠屏手机的外屏大很多，所以此时，如果直接将第一卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片之上，会导致第一卡片的长度被拉的太长，用户的观感不好。基于此，参照图17中(b)所示，手机的桌面应用可以将第一卡片覆盖在第二基础卡片上，以实现在目标区域(具体可以是目标区域的第二子区域)显示第一卡片的目的。其中，第一卡片的大小则为3*2。当然，实际中也可以将第一卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片上，本申请对此不做具体限制。
此时，目标区域中则会存在由第一基础卡片、第二基础卡片和第一卡片所堆叠形成的卡片堆(即第一卡片堆)。该卡片堆包括两层，底层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，第一基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；最顶层则包括占有了最顶层对应第二子区域的区域的第一卡片。
在本申请实施例中，折叠屏手机的展开状态下，内屏第一桌面的目标区域中多个卡片堆叠形成卡片堆的方式至少可以包括三种方式，分别为：堆叠方式一，堆叠方式二和堆叠方式三。具体描述如下：
堆叠方式一：参照图18中(a)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式可以是：
卡片堆中除底层外，若某一层存在两张卡片，则该层会完全覆盖其下一层。
卡片堆中除底层外，若某一层存在单张卡片，则其会处于该层中对应目标区域的第二子区域(或第一子区域)的区域中，该单张卡片则可以覆盖在其下一层中对应目标区域的第二子区域(或第一子区域)的部分，该层的下一层中对应目标区域的第一子区域(或第二子区域)的区域则不被覆盖，即若该层为最上层，则其下一层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域会显示出来。当然，此时若该层其下一层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中也不存在卡片，则会显示该层的下下一层对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域，后续类似情况以此类推。
堆叠方式二：参照图18中(b)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式二可以是在堆叠方式一的基础上，除卡片堆的最上层的卡片以外，每一层卡片相对于其上层的卡片，整体向下平移第一预设距离h1。
堆叠方式三：参照图18中的(c)所示，多个卡片的堆叠方式二可以是在堆叠方式一的基础上，除卡片堆的最上层的卡片以外，每个卡片相对于其上层的卡片按照预 设比例进行缩放后向下平移第二预设距离h2，并向右平移第三预设距离h3。具体的，参照图14中(c)所示，堆叠方式三形成的卡片堆的外形可以是中轴对称的。
在本申请实施例中，在第三种实现方式中，第一卡片覆盖至第二基础卡片上，以达到在目标区域显示的方式可以是由目标区域的第二子区域的上方逐渐向下覆盖。示例性的，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片，第一卡片为航班卡片为例。结合图6中(a)所示的实例，在航班卡片在逐步由上至下覆盖至天气卡片和运动卡片之上的过程中，参照图19中(a)，手机的桌面应用可以在第一桌面的目标区域的第一子区域显示有天气卡片603。在目标区域的第二子区域中可以显示有航班卡片1901自下而上的一部分，以及运动卡片604自下而上的一部分。其中，天气卡片603完全显示，运动卡片604自上而下的一部分已被隐藏，而航班卡片自下而上的一部分则显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。
另外，为了带给用户一种运动卡片604正在消失的观感，参照图19中(a)所示，在运动卡片604被航班卡片1901覆盖的过程中，手机的桌面应用可以控制运动卡片604可以按照一定比例逐步缩小。此外，在缩小的同时，手机的桌面应用还可以控制运动卡片604还可以逐步增大自身的透明度。
之后，在航班卡片1901完全覆盖至运动卡片604之上时，则参照图19中(b)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域中的第一子区域显示有天气卡片603，目标区域的第二子区域显示有航班卡片1901，运动卡片604则不再显示。
当然，实际中对于折叠屏手机的展开状态而言，第一卡片覆盖至第二基础卡片上的实现过程或者覆盖动效还可以是其他任意可行方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
在本申请实施例中，桌面应用在生成了两张优先级相同的卡片且比目标区域中卡片堆中已有卡片的优先级都高时，桌面应用此时如果随机决定先显示其中一张卡片，即将其中一张卡片置于目标区域中的卡片堆的顶层，则有可能导致用户错过另一张卡片对应的日程信息，降低用户的使用体验。此外，在一些场景下，手机新生成的某个优先级较低的卡片本身是需要按照优先级放在卡片堆中最顶层以外的层级的或者新生成的某个优先级较高的卡片本身是需要按照优先级放在卡片堆中最顶层，但是该卡片显示的通知信息可能会与当前卡片堆最顶层的卡片(例如第一卡片)显示的通知信息存在关联。例如，手机的桌面应用当前在目标区域中显示了航班卡片，且当前新生成优先级较低的健康码卡片，手机的智能助手可以确定用户在进入机场时必然需要使用到健康码卡片，所以会告知桌面应用航班卡片和健康码卡片是存在关联的。此时出于提高用户体验的目的，桌面应用应当将该卡片也显示在最顶层，即在目标区域中显示该卡片。基于此，S902后执行S903。
S903、在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一卡片的情况下，若手机新生成了第二卡片，且第二卡片与第一卡片并行关联或者从属关联，则手机在第一桌面的目标区域的第一子区域中显示第二卡片，在所述目标区域的第二子区域中显示第二卡片。
其中，第二卡片为手机接收新的通知信息(即本申请中的第二通知信息)生成的，该第二卡片用于显示该新的通知信息；并行关联指优先级相同，从属关联指两个卡片显示通知消息存在关联。
在第一种可实现的方式中，若手机为非折叠屏手机，S903中手机的桌面应用在将 第二卡片显示在第一桌面中的目标区域的过程可以是，将第一卡片逐步缩小至与第二基础卡片的大小相同，并在目标区域中的第二子区域中显示。同时，逐渐在目标区域的第一子区域中显示第二卡片(即按预设步长增大第二卡片在目标区域中的第一区域中显示的部分)。在手机将第一卡片缩小至与第二基础卡片相同且显示在目标区域的第二子区域时(即处于其所在层中对应目标区域的第二子区域中)，第二卡片则完全显示在所述目标区域的第一子区域中。
本申请实施例中，若手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的优先级与已有的卡片存在并行关联或从属关联，则为了方便用户确定生成的先后关系，无论何时产生这种情况，均可以将先存在的卡片放置在其所在卡片堆的层级中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，新生成的卡片则放置在其所在卡片堆的层级中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中。其中，先存在的卡片所处区域对应目标区域的子区域和新生成的卡片所处区域对应目标区域的子区域可以互换。后续实施例中同理。当然，在本申请中，第二子区域可以是经过事先统计后确定的用户在看电子设备时，看的频率最高的一部分区域。
示例性的，以第一卡片为航班卡片，第二卡片为与航班卡片并行关联的会议提醒卡片为例。结合图15中(b)所示的实例，手机在第一桌面的目标区域中逐步显示第二卡片的过程中，参照图20中(a)所示，手机的桌面应用可以在第一桌面的目标区域中显示向右缩小(若第一卡片最终缩小显示在第一子区域，则这里为向左缩小)了一部分的航班卡片1501，以及会议提醒卡片2001自右而左的一部分。其中，由于缩小完成后的航班卡片1501可显示航班信息的区域减少，所以缩小后航班卡片1501中显示的航班信息样式和内容会产生一定改变。基于此，如图20中(a)所示，在航班卡片1501逐步向右缩小的过程中，其显示的航班信息会渐变式的由未缩小前的内容和样式变为缩小后的内容和样式。这里提到的左和右为相反的两个方向，左对应的方向具体可以是从第一桌面的右边框朝向第一桌面的左边框的方向，且该方向垂直于第一桌面的左边框和右边框。后续类似场景同理，此后不再赘述。
之后，在航班卡片1501向右缩小完成且会议提醒卡片2001显示完成时，参照图20中(b)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域中的第一子区域显示有会议提醒卡片2001，目标区域的第二子区域中则显示有航班卡片1501。
本申请实施例中，若手机的桌面应用新生成卡片与已有的卡片存在从属关联(例如第二卡片和第一卡片)，则可以将先存在的卡片确定为主卡，新生成的卡片确定为从卡。为了方便用户确定主从关系，无论何时产生这种情况，均可以将主卡放置在其所在卡片堆的层级中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，将副卡放置在其所在卡片堆的层级中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中。其中，主卡所处区域对应目标区域的子区域和从卡所处区域对应目标区域的子区域可以互换。后续实施例中同理。
基于此，若第二卡片为与第一卡片从属关联的卡片，则第二卡片显示在目标区域中的实现方式与图20中所示的实现方式类似。示例性的，以第一卡片为航班卡片，第二卡片为显示内容与航班卡片的显示内容关联的健康码卡片为例。结合图15中(b)所示的实例，手机在第一桌面的目标区域中逐步显示第二卡片的过程中的第一桌面可以如图21中(a)所示，最终第二卡片显示完成的第一桌面则可以如图21中(b)所示。图21与图20的区别在于，图21中的第二卡片为健康码卡片2101，图20中的第 二卡片则为会议提醒卡片2001。
当然，实际中对于非折叠屏手机而言，第一卡片逐步缩小以及第二卡片逐步显示在目标区域中的实现过程或者动效还可以是其他任意可行方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
在第二种可实现的方式中，若手机为折叠屏手机，且处于折叠状态使用外屏显示第一桌面，则手机的桌面应用在第一桌面中的目标区域由显示第一卡片变为显示第一卡片和第二卡片的实现过程和非折叠屏手机类似。结合图20所示的实例，两者的区别在于，若折叠屏手机的外屏被桌面应用分为5*6个单元格。则参照图22中(a)所示，在航班卡片1501(即第一卡片)逐步缩小，且会议提醒卡片2001逐步显示的过程中占用的目标区域则为5*2个单元格。在第二卡片显示完成后，则参照图22中(b)所示，航班卡片1501的大小则为3*2，即航班卡片所处的第二子区域占3*2个单元格。会议提醒卡片2001的大小则为2*2，即航班卡片所处的第一子区域占2*2个单元格。
在第三种可实现的方式中，若手机为折叠屏手机，且处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面，则S903中手机的桌面应用在将第二卡片显示在第一桌面中的目标区域的过程可以是，逐步将第二卡片覆盖至目标区域的第一子区域中的第一基础卡片。
示例性的，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片，第一卡片为航班卡片，第二卡片为与航班卡片并行关联的会议提醒卡片为例。结合图19中(b)所示的实例，手机在第一桌面的目标区域中逐步显示第二卡片的过程中，参照图23中(a)所示，手机的桌面应用可以在第一桌面的目标区域中的第一子区域中显示有会议提醒卡片2301自右至左的一部分，以及天气卡片603自右至左的一部。其中，航班卡片1901在目标区域的第二子区域中完全显示，天气卡片自左至右的一部分已被隐藏，而会议提醒卡片2301自右至左的一部分则显示在目标区域的第一子区域中。
另外，为了带给用户一种天气卡片603正在消失的观感，参照图23中(a)所示，在天气卡片603被会议提醒卡片2301覆盖的过程中，手机的桌面应用可以控制天气卡片603可以按照一定比例逐步缩小。此外，在缩小的同时，手机的桌面应用还可以控制运动卡片604还可以逐步增大自身的透明度。
之后，在会议提醒卡片2301完全覆盖至天气卡片603，以完整显示在目标区域的第一子区域中时，参照图23中(b)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域中的第一子区域显示有会议提醒卡片2301，目标区域的第二子区域中则显示有航班卡片1901，天气卡片603则不再显示。
若第二卡片为与第一卡片从属关联的卡片，则第二卡片显示在目标区域中的实现方式与图20中所示的实现方式类似。示例性的，以第一卡片为航班卡片，第二卡片为显示内容与航班卡片的显示内容关联的健康码卡片为例。结合图19中(b)所示的实例，手机在第一桌面的目标区域中的第一子区域逐步显示第二卡片的过程中的第一桌面可以如图24中(a)所示，最终第二卡片显示完成的第一桌面则可以如图24中(b)所示。图24与图23的区别在于，图24中的第二卡片为健康码卡片2401，图23中的第二卡片则为会议提醒卡片2301。
当然，实际中对于折叠屏手机而言，第一卡片逐步覆盖至第一基础卡片中，以逐步显示在目标区域中的第一子区域的实现过程或者动效还可以是其他任意可行方式， 本申请对此不做具体限制。
S903实施后，目标区域中则会存在由第一基础卡片、第二基础卡片、第一卡片和第二卡片所堆叠形成的卡片堆(即第二卡片堆)。该卡片堆包括两层，底层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，最顶层则包括第一卡片和第二卡片，第一卡片覆盖在第二基础卡片之上，第二卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片之上。第一基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，第二基础卡片在底层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；第一卡片则在顶层中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，第二卡片则在顶层中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中。
本申请实施例中，若手机的桌面应用新生成了与目标区域中卡片堆中某一层单独存在的卡片(可以称为第一待同显卡片)并行关联的卡片(可以称为第二待同显卡片)，则可以将第一待同显卡片作为第一卡片，将第二待同显卡片作为第二卡片，实施类似前述实施例中的步骤，以使第一待同显卡片和第二待同显卡片存在于卡片堆的同层。同理，若手机的桌面应用新生成了与目标区域中卡片堆中某一层单独存在的卡片(可以称为第一待关联卡片)存在从属关联的卡片(可以称为第二待关联卡片)，则可以将第一待关联卡片作为第一卡片，将第二待关联卡片作为第二卡片，实施类似前述实施例中的步骤，以使第一待关联卡片和第二待关联卡片存在于卡片堆的同层。
此外，若手机的桌面应用新生成的第一待同显卡片多个，则可以随机选取一个作为第二卡片，并参照前述实施例的步骤使其和第二待同显卡片存在于卡片堆中的同一层。同时将其余第一待同显卡片两两组合(若数量小于1则不组合)后，按照预设顺序将组合后的至少一对卡片按照随机顺序排序后，放置在卡片堆中第一待同显卡片所在层级之下且与该层相邻。同时，还会将其余第一待同显卡片未组合的待定卡片插入至少一对卡片所占的任意两个层级之间。之后，若卡片堆中若某层出现单独存在的可选卡片与该待定卡片优先级相同，则可以将按照前述实施例中的步骤，将可选卡片与该待定卡片设置在卡片堆中同一层。
若手机的桌面应用新生成的第一待关联卡片多个，则可以将其中优先级最高的作为第二卡片，并参照前述实施例的步骤使其和第二待关联卡片存在于卡片堆中的同一层。同时，将其余第一待关联卡片按照优先级放置在卡片堆中。之后，若卡片堆中若某层出现单独存在的可选卡片显示的通知信息与该其余第一待关联卡片显示的通知信息存在关联，则执行前述相同步骤。其中，将其余第一待关联卡片按照优先级放置在卡片堆具体可以是将其余第一待关联卡片的优先级与卡片堆已有的层级的优先级进行排序后进行堆叠，优先级越低，层级越低。某个层级的优先级则可以是该层级包括的所有卡片的优先级中最大的优先级。
基于S902后执行S903的相同理由，S901后执行S904。
S904、在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片的情况下，手机若新生成了第三卡片和第四卡片，且第三卡片和第四卡片并行关联或者从属关联，则手机在第一桌面的目标区域中显示第三卡片和第四卡片。
其中，第三卡片和第四卡片均为手机接收到的两个新的通知信息生成的。其中第三卡片对应第三通知信息，用于显示该第三通知信息；第四卡片对应第四通知信息，用于显示该第四通知信息；
在一种可实现的方式中，若手机为非折叠屏手机，则S901后手机的第一桌面可以如图13中(a)所示。在手机的桌面应用生成第三卡片和第四卡片后，参照图25所示，手机的桌面应用可以将第三卡片完全覆盖在第一基础卡片上，即显示在目标区域的第一子区域中；将第四卡片完全覆盖在第二基础卡片上，即显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。从而实现在目标区域显示第三卡片和第四卡片的目的。此时，目标区域中则会存在由第一基础卡片、第二基础卡片、第三卡片和第四卡片所堆叠形成的卡片堆，该卡片堆包括两层，底层包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片，最顶层则包括第三卡片和第四卡片，第三卡片完全覆盖在第一基础卡片之上，第四卡片完全覆盖在第二基础卡片之上。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，在手机的桌面应用新生成两张从属关联的卡片(例如第三卡片和第四卡片)时，会确定两者的主从关系。例如将优先级更高的一个确定为主卡，优先级更低的一个确定为从卡。为了方便用户知晓存在从属关联的两张卡片的主从关系，可以将主卡放置在其在卡片堆中的层级中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，将从卡放置在其在卡片堆中的层级中对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域中。例如图25所示，第三卡片作为从卡可以放置在卡片堆中最顶层中对应目标区域的第一子区域中(可以理解为第三卡片显示在目标区域的第一子区域中)，第四卡片作为主卡可以放置在卡片堆中最顶层中对应目标区域的第二子区域中(可以理解为第四卡片显示在目标区域的第二子区域中)。其中，主卡所处区域对应目标区域的子区域和从卡所处区域对应目标区域的子区域可以互换。后续实施例中同理。
若第三卡片和第四卡片为并联关联，则可以如图25所示，将第三卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片上，第四卡片覆盖在第二基础卡片上；也可以是将第四卡片覆盖在第一基础卡片上，将第三卡片覆盖在第二基础卡片上。
在本申请实施例中，第三卡片和第四卡片显示在目标区域中，可以是第三卡片在目标区域的第一子区域中由上至下逐步覆盖至第一基础卡片上，同时第三卡片在目标区域的第二子区域中由上至下逐步覆盖至第二基础卡片上。示例性的，结合图10中(d)所示的实例，以第一基础卡片为天气卡片，第二基础卡片为运动卡片，第三卡片为会议提醒卡片，第四卡片为航班卡片为例。在会议提醒卡片逐步覆盖至天气卡片且航班卡片逐步覆盖至运动卡片的过程中，参照图26中(a)所示，手机的桌面应用可以在第一桌面的目标区域中的第一子区域中显示有会议提醒卡片2601自下而上的一部分，以及天气卡片1006自下而上的一部分；在第一桌面的目标区域中的第二子区域中显示有航班卡片2602自下而上的一部分，以及运动卡片1007自下而上的一部分。其中，天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007自上而下的一部分已被隐藏，而会议提醒卡片2601和航班卡片2602自下而上的一部分则显示在目标区域中。
另外，为了带给用户一种天气卡片和运动卡片正在消失的观感，参照图26中(a)所示，在天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007被覆盖的过程中，手机的桌面应用可以控制天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007可以按照一定比例逐步缩小。此外，在缩小的同时，手机的桌面应用还可以控制天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007还可以逐步增大自身的透明度。
之后，在会议提醒卡片2601完全覆盖至天气卡片1006上，航班卡片2602完全覆 盖至运动卡片1007上时，则参照图26中(b)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域的第一子区域则显示有会议提醒卡片2601，目标区域的第二子区域则显示有航班卡片2602，天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007则不再显示。
其中，图26中(b)所示的实例中，以手机为非折叠屏手机为例。手机为折叠屏手机的情况下，处于折叠状态使用外屏显示第一桌面和处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面时，S904的具体实现和上述图25所示的实例类似，区别在于目标区域所占用的单元格不同，以及相应的第三卡片和第四卡片的大小不同。例如，结合图26中(b)所示的实例，若手机为折叠屏手机且处于折叠状态使用外屏显示第一桌面，则第三卡片和第四卡片显示完成后可以如图27中(a)所示。又例如，结合图26中(b)所示的实例，若手机为折叠屏手机且处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面，则第三卡片和第四卡片显示完成后可以如图27中(b)所示。
在S902后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一卡片的情况下，手机若新生成卡片1，且卡片1与第一卡片不存在并行关联且不存在从属关联。则手机的桌面应用则根据该卡片1的优先级将卡片1放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。
例如，以非折叠屏手机和折叠屏手机折叠状态为例，若卡片1的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图28中(a)所示，可以将卡片1覆盖在第一卡片之上，以显示在目标区域中。其中，卡片堆中某一层的优先级，则以该层中所有卡片的优先级最高的为准。若卡片1的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片1插入第一层和第二层之间。其中，第一层和第二层为未插入卡片1之前相邻的两层，第一层在第二层之下，且第一层的优先级小于卡片1，第二层的大于卡片1。这里，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图28中(b)所示。这里卡片1具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图15所示的实例，此处不再赘述。
又例如，以折叠屏手机处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面例，若卡片1的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图29中(a)所示，可以将卡片1覆盖在第一卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。若卡片1的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片1插入第一层和第二层之间对应目标区域的第二子区域的部分。其中，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图29中(b)所示，卡片1处于第二基础卡片和第一卡片之间，且卡片1完全覆盖第二基础卡片。这里卡片1具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图19所示的实例，此处不再赘述。
后续手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的类似场景的处理方式类似。
在S902后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一卡片的情况下，手机若新生成了并行关联或者从属关联的两个卡片(可以称为卡片对，包括的两个卡片可以为卡片2和卡片3)。则手机的桌面应用则根据该卡片2或卡片3的优先级将卡片对放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。
例如，以非折叠屏手机和折叠屏手机折叠状态为例，若卡片2的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图30中(a)所示，可以将卡片对覆盖在第一卡片之上，以显示在目标区域中。若卡片2的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则 将卡片对插入第一层和第二层之间。其中，第一层和第二层为未插入卡片对之前相邻的两层，第一层在第二层之下，且第一层的优先级小于卡片2，第二层的大于卡片2。这里，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图30中(b)所示，卡片2覆盖在第一基础卡片之上(实际中为完全覆盖，这里仅为表明层级情况，后续类似示意图同理)，卡片3覆盖在第二基础卡片之上(实际中为完全覆盖，这里仅为表明层级情况，后续类似示意图同理)。这里卡片对具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图15所示的实例，此处不再赘述。两者区别在于，这里是将两张卡片逐步覆盖至一张卡片之上。另外，若卡片2和卡片3存在从属关联，为了方便用户识别，本申请会将主卡放置在卡片堆中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，则这里可以将卡片3确定为两者中的主卡，卡片2确定为从卡。后续类似实施例同理。
又例如，以折叠屏手机处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面例，若卡片2的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图31中(a)所示，可以将卡片2覆盖在第一基础卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第一子区域中；将卡片3覆盖在第一卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。当然，这里卡片2和卡片3在该卡片堆中的同一层。
若卡片2的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片对插入第一层和第二层之间对应目标区域的第二子区域的部分。其中，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片所处的一层，理论上最终形成的卡片堆可以如图31中(b)所示，卡片2覆盖于第一基础卡片之上，卡片3覆盖于第二基础卡片之上且处于第一卡片之下。但是，这样一来，因为卡片2和第一卡片会同时显示在目标区域，则会带给用户一种第一卡片和卡片2存在关联(并行关联或从属关联)的感受。所以为了避免这一点，参照图31中(b)所示，可以将第一基础卡片的层级往上提，以使第一基础卡片和第一卡片处于同一层级。此时，卡片2则位于第一基础卡片之下，卡片3位于第一卡片之下，第二基础卡片则位于卡片3之下。
这里卡片对具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图26所示的实例，此处不再赘述。两者区别在于，这里卡片2和卡片3之下仅有第二基础卡片。
后续手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的类似场景的处理方式类似。
S903之后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一卡片和第二卡片的情况下，手机若新生成卡片4。则手机的桌面应用则根据该卡片4的优先级将卡片4放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。
例如，以非折叠屏手机和折叠屏手机折叠状态为例，若卡片4的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图32中(a)所示，可以将卡片4覆盖在第一卡片和第二卡片之上，以显示在目标区域中。若卡片4的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片4插入第一层和第二层之间。其中，第一层和第二层为未插入卡片4之前相邻的两层，第一层在第二层之下，且第一层的优先级小于卡片4，第二层的大于卡片4。这里，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片和第二卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图32中(b)所示。这里卡片4具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图15所示的实例，此处不 再赘述。
又例如，以折叠屏手机处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面例，若卡片4的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图33中(a)所示，可以将卡片4覆盖在第一卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。但是，这样一来，因为卡片4和第二卡片会同时显示在目标区域，则会带给用户一种第二卡片和卡片4存在关联(并行关联或从属关联)的感受。所以为了避免这一点，参照图33中(a)所示，可以将第一基础卡片的层级往上提，以使第一基础卡片和卡片4处于同一层级。此时，第二卡片则位于第一基础卡片之下，第一卡片位于卡片4之下，第二基础卡片则位于第一卡片之下。
若卡片4的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片4插入第一层和第二层之间对应目标区域的第二子区域的部分。其中，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片和第二卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图33中(b)所示，卡片4处于第二基础卡片和第一卡片之间，且卡片4完全覆盖第二基础卡片。这里卡片4具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图19所示的实例，此处不再赘述。
后续手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的类似场景的处理方式类似。
S903之后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第一卡片和第二卡片的情况下，手机若新生成了并行关联或者从属关联的两个卡片(可以称为卡片对，包括的两个卡片可以为卡片5和卡片6)。则手机的桌面应用则根据该卡片5或卡片6的优先级将卡片对放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。
例如，以非折叠屏手机和折叠屏手机折叠状态为例，若卡片5的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图34中(a)所示，可以将卡片5覆盖在第二卡片之上，将卡片6覆盖在第一卡片之上，以使卡片对显示在目标区域中。若卡片5的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片对插入第一层和第二层之间。其中，第一层和第二层为未插入卡片对之前相邻的两层，第一层在第二层之下，且第一层的优先级小于卡片5，第二层的大于卡片5。这里，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片和第二卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如图34中(b)所示，卡片5覆盖在第一基础卡片之上，卡片6覆盖在第二基础卡片之上。这里卡片对具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图26所示的实例，此处不再赘述。另外，若卡片5和卡片6存在从属关联，为了方便用户识别，本申请会将主卡放置在卡片堆中对应目标区域的第二子区域的区域中，则这里可以将卡片6确定为两者中的主片，卡片5确定为从卡。
又例如，以折叠屏手机处于展开状态使用内屏显示第一桌面例，若卡片5的优先级大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则参照图35中(a)所示，可以将卡片5覆盖在第二卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第一子区域中；将卡片6覆盖在第二卡片之上，以显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。
若卡片5的优先级不大于卡片堆中的所有层的优先级，则将卡片对插入第一层和第二层之间对应目标区域的第二子区域的部分。其中，第一层可以为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片所处的一层，第二层为第一卡片所处的一层，最终形成的卡片堆可以如 图35中(b)所示，卡片5覆盖于第一基础卡片之上且处于第二卡片之下，卡片6覆盖于第二基础卡片之上且处于第一卡片之下。
这里卡片对具体插入至卡片堆的实现过程可以参照前述实施例中图26所示的实例，此处不再赘述。
后续手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的类似场景的处理方式类似。
S904之后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第三卡片和第四卡片的情况下，手机若新生成卡片。则手机的桌面应用则根据该新生成卡片的优先级将新生成卡片放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。具体实现可以参照前述图32和图33对应的实例，此处不再赘述。
S904之后，手机在第一桌面的目标区域显示第三卡片和第四卡片的情况下，手机若新生成了并行关联或者从属关联的两个卡片。则手机的桌面应用则根据该两个卡片的优先级将卡片对放置至目标区域中的卡片堆中。其具体实现可以参照前述图34和图35对应的实例，此处不再赘述。
后续手机的桌面应用新生成卡片的类似场景的处理方式类似。
基于上述实施例提供的技术方案，手机除了可以在目标区域中单独显示单张卡片以外，还可以在生成了并行关联或从属关联的两张卡片时，可以将这两张卡片同时显示在目标区域中，从而使得用户可以及时的查看更多需要的通知信息，减少了用户的操作，增强人机交互效率，提高用户的使用体验。
基于前述实施例可以看出，在手机实施了前述实施例S901-S904所有步骤或者部分步骤后，手机的桌面应用在第一桌面的目标区域中生成有包括至少两个卡片的卡片堆(即本申请中的目标卡片堆)之后，手机可以对新增的卡片做如下处理：
在这种情况下，若手机的桌面应用新生成了第一目标卡片与卡片堆中目标层单独存在旧卡片具备关联关系(并行关联或从属关联)，则可以参照前述实施例中对应的具体实现方式，将该新增的卡片和旧卡片放置在该目标层中。
若手机的桌面应用新生成的第二目标卡片不存在与卡片堆中单独存在于一层中的任意卡片具备关联关系，则可以参照前述实施例中图28或图29或图32或图33对应的实例，将该第二目标卡片插入至卡片堆中。
若手机的桌面应用新生成了存在关联关系(并行关联或从属关联)的第三目标卡片和第四目标卡片，则可以参照前述实施例中图30或图31或图34或图35对应的实例，将该第三目标卡片和第四目标卡片插入至卡片堆中。
在一些实施例中，为了方便用户查看卡片堆中的每一层，手机的桌面应用还可以响应于用户的切换操作(例如对卡片堆最顶层卡片的向上滑动或向下滑动操作)，跟手切换卡片堆的顶层。
在一种可实现的方式中，若手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，卡片堆中的每一层不管存在一张卡片还是两张卡片都是同步被切换的。示例性的，以卡片堆包括三层，最底层包括第一基础卡片-天气卡片和第二基础卡片-运动卡片，最顶层包括航班卡片和会议提醒卡片，中间一层包括快递卡片为例。参照图36中(a)所示，手机的第一桌面中的目标区域中卡片堆3601的最上层为航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603。手机可以接收用户在目标区域实施的向上滑动操作。响应 于该向上滑动操作，手机可以将航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603切换为如图36中(b)所示的快递卡片3604。示例性的，该快递卡片3604中的通知信息可以为快递的取件码，例如取件码为4-1-5032。
在用户实施向上滑动操作的过程中，手机可以响应于该向上滑动操作，跟手切换卡片堆3601最上层的卡片。其中，跟手切换具体可以是手机根据该向上滑动操作的实时滑动距离，将航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603整体向上平移，并由上自下逐步隐藏，并在航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603原先的位置自下而上逐步显示快递卡片3604。其中，为了带给用户更好的观感，快递卡片3604逐步显示的过程中，其整体可以逐步由小大，同时整体的透明度由大变小。示例性的，如图36中(c)所示，在用户实施向上滑动的过程中，即用户还未滑动结束时，手机显示的卡片堆3601中即包含航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603自下而上的一部分，还包含快递卡片3604自下而上的一部分。其中，航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603自上而下的一部分已被隐藏，从而漏出快递卡片3604自下而上的一部分。
需要说明的是，为了提高用户体验，航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603隐藏部分在上下方向上的高度可以是用户实施的向上滑动操作已经滑动的距离。当然，班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603隐藏部分在上下方向上的高度也可以稍大于或者几倍于用户实施的向上滑动操作已经滑动的距离，具体依据实际而定。这里向上滑动操作以及后续提到的向下滑动操作对应的滑动距离可以是指用户在手机屏幕上实施的实际滑动距离，也可以是该实际距离和滑动惯性距离的和。其中，该滑动惯性距离可以由用户实施向上滑动操作或者向下滑动操作时的滑动速度决定，滑动速度越快，滑动惯性距离越大。
同理，如果用户在图36中(b)的基础上，再次在目标区域中实施向上滑动操作。手机则可以将快递卡片3604切换为如图36中(d)所示的天气卡片3605和运动卡片3606。之后，若用户再次在目标区域中实施向上滑动操作，则手机可以将天气卡片3605和运动卡片3606切换为如图36中(a)所示的航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603。之后以及向上滑动依据循环切换。
进一步的，用户除了需要查看卡片堆最上层显示卡片的下一层卡片以外，还可能需要查看卡片堆最上层显示卡片的上一层卡片。此时，用户则可以对目标区域实施向下滑动操作。手机则可以响应于该向下滑动操作，切换卡片堆最上层显示的卡片。其中，需要说明的是，若某个卡片不为其所属卡片堆初始形成时层级最高的卡片，则该卡片的上一层的卡片可以为该卡片堆初始形成时层级排在该卡片的上一层级的卡片。若该卡片为该卡片堆初始形成时层级最高的卡片，则该卡片的上一层的卡片可以为该卡片堆初始形成时层级最低的。
示例性的，参照图36中(b)所示，用户在需要切换卡片堆3601中最上层的快递卡片3604时，用户可以在目标区域实施向下滑动操作。响应于该向下滑动操作，手机可以将快递卡片3604切换为如图36中(a)所示的航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603。
在用户实施向下滑动操作的过程中，手机可以响应于该向下滑动操作，跟手切换卡片堆3601最上层的卡片。其中，跟手切换具体可以是手机根据该向下滑动操作的实时滑动距离，将快递卡片3604由上自下逐步隐藏，并逐渐显示航班卡片3602和会议 提醒卡片3603自下而上的一部分。示例性的，如图36中(d)所示，在用户实施向下滑动操作的过程中，即用户还未滑动结束时，手机显示的卡片堆3601中既包含快递卡片3604的自下而上的一部分，还包含航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603的自下而上的一部分。其中，航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603逐步向下平移，以显示其自下而上的一部分，从而掩盖快递卡片3604的自上而下的一部分。
需要说明的是，为了提高用户体验，航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603露出部分在上下方向上的高度可以是用户实施的向下滑动操作已经滑动的距离。当然，航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603露出部分在上下方向上的高度也可以稍大于或者几倍于用户实施的向下滑动操作已经滑动的距离，具体依据实际而定。
同理，如果用户在图36中(a)的基础上，再次在目标区域中实施向下滑动操作。手机则可以将航班卡片3602和会议提醒卡片3603切换为如图36中(d)所示的天气卡片3605和运动卡片3606。之后，若用户再次在目标区域中实施向下滑动操作，则手机可以将天气卡片3605和运动卡片3606切换为如图36中(b)所示的快递3604。之后以及向上滑动依据循环切换。
在另一种可实现的方式中，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，切换过程和前述手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机的过程类似。其区别在于，对于某一层单独存在独立卡片而言，其在置于顶层时，会同时显示第一基础卡片。结合前述实施例中图33所示的实例说明，为了防止用户将某个单独占一层的独立卡片和关联卡片中的某一个视为存在关联的两张卡片，卡片堆中不会存在在最顶层显示单独存在一层的独立卡片的同时，其下一层为两个关联的卡片。手机可以在响应用户在目标区域实施的切换操作时，若确定会出现上述情况(即用户实施切换操作前，卡片堆最顶层为两个存在关联的卡片，其下一层为单独存在在对应目标区域的第二子区域的独立卡片)，则自动将第一基础卡片与该独立卡片关联，并在响应该切换操作后在目标区域同时显示第一基础卡片和该独立卡片。
示例性的，以卡片堆包括三层，最底层包括第一基础卡片-天气卡片和第二基础卡片-运动卡片，最顶层包括航班卡片和会议提醒卡片，中间一层包括快递卡片为例。参照图37中(a)所示，手机可以接收用户在目标区域中的向上滑动操作。响应于该向上滑动操作，手机可以将卡片堆3701最顶层的航班卡片3702和会议提醒卡片3703切换为如图37中(b)所示的天气卡片3704和快递卡片3705。其中，天气卡片3704实际位于快递卡片3705的下层，但是由于快递卡片3705所在层级对应的目标区域的第一子区域的区域中不存在卡片，所以这里会显示出天气卡片3704。切换过程中的具体实现可以参照前述实施例中图36中(c)的相关表述，此处不再赘述。
之后，用户可以继续在目标区域中实施向上滑动操作。手机此时确定天气卡片3704和快递卡片3705的下一层实际为单独存在的运动卡片，若是显示运动卡片，则因为其所处层级对应目标区域的第一子区域的区域无内容，所以会显示出下一层的会议提醒卡片3703。这样，会导致用户认为会议提醒卡片3703和运动卡片存在关联。所以此时，手机响应于该向上滑动操作，可以不动天气卡片，而是直接用运动卡片替换快递卡片3705。基于此，响应于该向上滑动操作，手机可以将卡片堆3701最顶层的快递卡片3705切换为如图37中(c)所示的运动卡片3706。其中，天气卡片3704 不做变动。切换过程中，快递卡片3705和运动卡片3706的实现可以参照前述实施例中图36中(c)的相关表述，此处不再赘述。
之后，用户可以继续在目标区域中实施向上滑动操作。因为运动卡片3706和天气卡片3704的下一层为关联的航班卡片3702和会议提醒卡片3703。则响应于该向上滑动操作，手机可以将卡片堆3701最顶层的天气卡片3704和运动卡片3706切换为如图37中(a)所示的航班卡片3702和会议提醒卡片3703。切换过程的具体实现可以参照前述实施例中图36中(c)的相关表述，此处不再赘述。
向下滑动操作对应的切换情况可依据前述实施例合理推导，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，对于卡片堆中的某个卡片而言，其存在时间可能会有限制。例如某个卡片中的会议提醒信息对应的时间段为1月1日早上8:00-早上10：00，则过了这个时间后，该卡片会不再起作用，即失效。此外如果手机确定某个卡片中通知消息对应的事件已完成或者接收到某个卡片中通知消息对应的事件已完成的消息时，也可以认为该卡片已失效。
在该卡片失效的情况下，手机则会自动从卡堆中删除该卡片。在本申请中，卡片堆中的卡片会存在单独占一层的独立卡片的情况，也存在具备关联关系的两张卡片占一层的情况，这几种情况下，卡片自动消息的情况则会存在不同。
对于单独占一层的独立卡片而言，其在自然失效后，手机则会删除该独立卡片，其余情况则基本不变。
例如，以手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，卡片堆为如图32中(a)所示的卡片堆为例。若其中卡片4失效，则失效后卡片4被删除。此时，参照图38中(a)所示，卡片堆则由三层变为两层，顶层为第一卡片和第二卡片，底层为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片。其余可能的情况同理。
又例如，以手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，卡片堆为如图33中(b)所示的卡片堆为例。若其中卡片4失效，则失效后卡片4被删除，第一基础卡片则调整至与第一基础卡片的同层。此时，参照图38中(b)所示，卡片堆变为两层，最上层为第一卡片和第二卡片，最底层则为第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片。
再例如，以手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，卡片堆为图17中(b)所示的卡片堆。若其中的第一卡片失效，则删除第一卡片。此时，参照图38中(c)所示，卡片堆变为一层，包括第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片。
对于两个卡片占一层的情况而言，其在自然失效后，手机则会根据不同情况做相应处理：
第一种情况，若手机为非折叠屏或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为并行关联，此时若一个失效后，若卡片堆中不存在某个单独占一层的卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，或者手机未新生成与另一个卡片存在并行关联的卡片的话，手机则会在删除该失效卡片的同时，放大另一个卡片以使其完全覆盖其所在层级。
例如，结合图20中(b)所示的实例。参照图39中(a)所示，在航班卡片1501对应的时间段已过，则航班卡片1501失效。失效后，参照图39中(b)所示，航班卡片1501则被删除不再在目标区域中显示，同时会议提醒卡片2001向右放大显示在目 标区域中。示例性的，其中会议提醒卡片2001的大小则由原先的2*2变为4*2(其他可行的实施例中，会议提醒卡片2001的大小也可以是由原先的3*2变为5*2)。航班卡片1501删除的过程则可以以任意可行动效进行。当然，放大后会议提醒卡片2001的内容会产生细微变化。此外，为了使得用户知晓失效卡片下方的卡片是什么，在航班卡片1501删除后，会议提醒卡片2001还未放大完成显示在目标区域之前，参照图39中(c)所示，航班卡片1501下的运动卡片1007会显示出来。
其中，放大过程可以类比为前述实施例中航班卡片缩小过程的逆过程，此处不再赘述。会议提醒卡片2001失效时，则为航班卡片向左放大显示在目标区域中。
第二种情况，若手机为非折叠屏或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为并行关联，此时若一个失效后，卡片堆中存在某个单独占一层的第一并行卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，或者手机当前新生成了第二并行卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，手机则会在删除该失效卡片后，将第一并行卡片或者第二并行卡片放置在该失效卡片的位置。
例如，以手机当前新生成了第二并行卡片，第二并行卡片为日程提醒卡片为例，结合图20中(b)所示的实例。参照图40中(a)所示，在航班卡片1501对应的时间段已过，则航班卡片1501失效。失效后，参照图40中(b)所示，航班卡片1501则被删除不再在目标区域中显示，在航班卡片1501的原位置则显示日程提醒卡片4001。示例性的，参照图40中(c)所示，航班卡片1501被删除后出现日程提醒卡片4001的过程则可以是，日程提醒卡片4001从目标区域的第二子区域的左侧逐步向右(或者右侧逐步向左)覆盖航班卡片1501。当然，实际中还可以是其他任意可行的实现方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
另外，因为失效本身可能是不在用户意料范围内或者用户不容易注意到的，所以为了使用户知晓航班卡片1501消失了。在航班卡片1501失效后，可以先如图39中(b)所示，先将会议提醒卡片2001向右放大显示在目标区域中。之后，在下一刷新周期，再以类似图20所示的方式，将日程提醒卡片4001显示在目标区域的第一子区域中。
当然，若手机存在某个单独占一层的第一并行卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，则上述的第二并行卡片还可以变换为第一并行卡片。
第三种情况，若手机为非折叠屏或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时从卡失效，若卡片堆中不存在某个单独占一层的卡片与主卡存在从属关联的关系，或者手机未新生成与主卡存在从属关联的卡片的话，手机则会在删除该从卡的同时，放大主卡。
将主卡视为第一种情况中的另一个卡片(与失效卡片并行关联的卡片)，将从卡视为第一中情况中的失效卡片，则第三种情况的具体实现可以参照前述第一种情况的具体实现，此处不再赘述。
第四种情况，若手机为非折叠屏或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时从卡失效，若卡片堆中存在某个单独占一层的第一从属卡片与主卡存在从属关联的关系，或者手机新生成与主卡存在从属关联的第二从属卡片的话，手机则会在删除该从卡的同时，将第一从属卡片或者第二从属卡片放置在该失效卡片的位置。
将主卡视为第一种情况中的另一个卡片(与失效卡片并行关联的卡片)，将从卡视为第一中情况中的失效卡片，则第四种情况的具体实现可以参照前述第二种情况的具体实现，此处不再赘述。
第五种情况，若手机为非折叠屏或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时主卡失效，手机则会在删除卡片堆中该主卡和从卡。因为从属关联的两张卡片显示的通知信息时紧密相关的，在主卡被删除时，大概率表明从卡也不再被需要，所以此时应当将两张卡片均删除。
例如，结合图21中(b)所示的实例。参照图41中(a)所示，在航班卡片1501对应的时间段已过，则航班卡片1501失效。失效后，参照图41中(b)所示，航班卡片1501和健康码卡片2101均被删除不再在目标区域中显示，而是在目标区域中显示天气卡片1006和运动卡片1007。航班卡片1501和健康码卡片2101的删除动效或者实现过程可以是任意可行的方式，本申请不做具体限制。
第六种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为并行关联，此时若所处区域为对应目标区域的第二子区域的一个卡片失效后，若卡片堆中不存在某个单独占一层的卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，或者手机未新生成与另一个卡片存在并行关联的卡片的话，手机则会删除该失效卡片，并将与该失效卡片并行关联的另一个卡片移动至失效卡片的位置中。若失效卡片的大小大于另一个卡片，则会放大另一个卡片使其在失效卡片的位置显示时大小与失效卡片相同。
例如，结合图23中(b)所示的实例。参照图42中(a)所示，在航班卡片1901对应的时间段已过，则航班卡片1901失效。失效后，参照图42中(b)所示，航班卡片1901不再在目标区域的第二子区域中显示，并将会议提醒卡片2301放大后显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。此外，会议提醒卡片2301下方的天气卡片603则会显示在目标区域的第二子区域中。
一种可实现的方式中，航班卡片1901删除不再显示后，参照图42中(c)所示，会议提醒卡片2301可以逐步向右移动并放大。直至完全显示后如图42中(b)所示。此外，为了使用户明确航班卡片1901下方的卡片是什么，在会议提醒卡片2301未移动完成时，航班卡片1901下的运动卡片604会显示出来。
另一种可实现的方式中，航班卡片1901删除不再显示后，参照图42中(d)所示，放大后的会议提醒卡片2301会从目标区域的第二子区域的上侧向下覆盖至第二子区域中。天气卡片1006则会从目标区域的第二子区域的上侧向下覆盖至第一子区域中。其中，在天气卡片603向下覆盖至第一子区域的过程中，第一子区域中还可以显示有未放大前的会议提醒卡片2301。另外，为了使用户明确航班卡片1901下方的卡片是什么，在会议提醒卡片2301未完全覆盖至第二子区域中时，第二子区域中可以显示有航班卡片下方的运动卡片604。
需要说明的是，对于卡片堆的最顶层存在并行关联的两个卡片，且其下一层为存在关联(从属关联或并行关联)的两个卡片的情况而言，在卡片堆最顶层的处于第二子区域的卡片失效后，处于第一子区域的未失效卡片移动至第二子区域后，为了防止下一层露出的卡片被用户误认为与该未失效卡片存在关联，则会在第一子区域中显示 第一基础卡片-天气卡片。也就是说，对于最顶层存在并行关联的两个卡片中处于第二子区域的卡片失效后，最终最顶层均会显示第一基础卡片-天气卡片和未失效卡片。
第七种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为并行关联，此时若所处区域为对应目标区域的第二子区域的一个卡片失效后，若卡片堆中存在某个单独占一层的第三并行卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，或者手机新生成与另一个卡片存在并行关联的第四并行卡片的话，手机则会删除该失效卡片，并将与该失效卡片并行关联的另一个卡片移动至失效卡片的位置中，同时还会将第三并行卡片或者第四并行卡片放置在另一个卡片原先的位置中。若失效卡片的大小大于另一个卡片，则会放大另一个卡片使其在失效卡片的位置显示时大小与失效卡片相同。
第七种情况的具体实现和前述第六种情况的具体实现类似，区别在于：
在一种可实现方式中，在会议提醒卡片移动至第二子区域后，第三并行卡片或第四并行卡片会逐步显示在第一子区域中。具体第三并行卡片或第四并行卡片逐步显示的实现或动效可以是任意可行方式。
在另一种可实现方式中，会议提醒卡片逐步向下显示在目标子区域的第二子区域中的过程中，第三并行卡片或第四并行卡会同步逐步向下显示在目标子区域的第一子区域中。
第八种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为并行关联，此时若所处区域为对应目标区域的第一子区域的一个卡片失效后，若卡片堆中不存在某个单独占一层的卡片与另一个卡片存在并行关联的关系，或者手机未新生成与另一个卡片存在并行关联的卡片的话，手机则会删除该失效卡片，并在该失效卡片的位置显示第一基础卡片。
例如，结合图23中(b)所示的实例。参照图43中(a)所示，在会议提醒卡片2301对应的时间段已过，则会议提醒卡片2301失效。失效后，参照图43中(b)所示，会议提醒卡片2301不再在目标区域的第一子区域中显示，在目标区域的第一子区域中显示天气卡片603。
其中，在目标区域的第一子区域显示天气卡片603的意义可参照前述实施例中第六种情况后最后一段的说明。
第九种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时从卡失效后，若卡片堆中不存在某个单独占一层的卡片与主卡存在从属关联的关系，或者手机未新生成与主卡存在从属关联的卡片的话，手机则会删除该从卡，并在该失效卡片的位置显示第一基础卡片。
例如，结合图24中(b)所示的实例。参照图44中(a)所示，在健康码卡片2401对应的时间段已过，则健康码卡片2401失效。失效后，参照图44中(b)所示，健康码卡片2401不再在目标区域的第一子区域中显示，在目标区域的第一子区域中显示天气卡片1006。
其中，在目标区域的第一子区域显示天气卡片1006的意义可参照前述实施例中第六种情况后最后一段的说明。
第十种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个 卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时从卡失效后，若卡片堆中存在某个单独占一层的第三从属卡片与主卡存在从属关联的关系，或者手机新生成与主卡存在从属关联的第四从属卡片的话，手机则会删除该从卡，并在该从卡的位置显示第三从属卡片或第四从属卡片。
第十种情况的具体实现和前述第九种情况的具体实现类似，区别在于在健康码卡片不再显示后，健康码卡片原先位置则显示第三从属卡片或第四从属卡片。
一种可实现的方式中，健康码卡片被删除后出现第三从属卡片或第四从属卡片的过程则可以是，第三从属卡片或第四从属卡片从目标区域的第一子区域的左侧逐步向右(或者右侧逐步向左)覆盖健康码卡片。另一种可实现的方式中，健康码卡片被删除后可以先在健康码卡片原先的位置处先显示第一基础卡片。之后，第三从属卡片或第四从属卡片从目标区域的第一子区域的左侧逐步向右覆盖至第一基础卡片之上。
当然，实际中还可以是其他任意可行的实现方式，本申请对此不做具体限制。
第十一种情况，若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，占一层的两个卡片的关联关系为从属关联，此时主卡失效后，手机则会删除该主卡和从卡。
例如，结合图24中(b)所示的实例。参照图45中(a)所示，在航班卡片1901对应的时间段已过，则航班卡片1901失效。失效后，参照图45中(b)所示，航班卡片1901和健康码卡片2401均被删除不再在目标区域中显示，同时在目标区域中显示天气卡片603和运动卡片604。航班卡片1901和健康码卡片2401的删除动效或者实现过程可以是任意可行的方式，本申请不做具体限制。
前述多种情况中仅以卡片堆最顶层的卡片失效为例进行实例说明，实际中卡片堆中的其他层的卡片失效同理。
在一些实施例中，对于卡片堆中最顶层的卡片而言，用户还可以通过对最顶层的待删除卡片实施删除操作以删除该待删除卡片。具体的，手机可以接收并响应于该删除操作，对该待删除卡片进行删除。
一种可实现的方式中，该删除操作可以为左滑操作。其具体实现可参考前述实施例中图39-图45所示的实例。相比于前述实施例中图39-图45所示的实例，在用户实施左滑操作时，手机可以响应于该左滑操作将待删除卡片从右至左的逐步隐藏，全部隐藏后即删除了该待删除卡片。同时，在删除过程中，为了使得用户明确待删除卡片下方的卡片，可以将待删除卡片设置一定的透明度，从而可以使用户查看到其下方的卡片。同时，其下方的卡片则可以由小变大，且透明度逐渐减小，大小增大至与待删除卡片相同时，其透明度降到0，且覆盖该待删除卡片所处的位置上。
若手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，以卡片堆最顶层单独存在一个独立卡片1，其下层存在两个存在关联(并行关联或从属关联)的卡片(例如卡1和卡2)。则参照图46中(a)所示，该独立卡片1在向左移动隐藏的过程中，独立卡片1则存在一定透明度，可以透出显示卡1和卡2。其余类似情况同理。
若手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，以卡片堆最顶层单独存在两个存在关联的卡片(例如卡3和卡4)，其下层存在一个独立卡片2。则存在关联的卡片中的任一个卡片(例如卡3)在向左移动隐藏的过程中。参照图46 中(b)所示，该卡则存在一定透明度，可以透出显示该卡下方独立卡片2的一部分。其余类似情况同理。
若手机为非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，以卡片堆最顶层单独存在两个存在关联的卡片(例如卡5和卡6)，其下层存在第一基础卡片和第二基础卡片。则存在关联的卡片中的任一个卡片(例如卡5)在向左移动隐藏的过程中。参照图46中(c)所示，该卡则存在一定透明度，可以透出显示该卡下方基础卡片(第一基础卡片或者第二基础卡片)。其余类似情况同理。
若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，以卡片堆最顶层单独存在两个存在关联(并行关联或从属关联)的卡片(例如卡7和卡8)。则处于目标区域的第一子区域的卡7在向左移动隐藏的过程中。参照图47中(a)所示，卡7则存在一定透明度，可以透出显示卡7下方第一基础卡片。在这种情况下，无论卡7和卡8下一层的卡片是否是存在关联的两张卡片，卡7的删除过程中，其下方透出的均为第一基础卡片。具体理由可以参照前述实施例中的相关表述，此处不再赘述。其余类似情况同理。
若手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，以卡片堆最顶层单独存在两个存在关联的卡片(例如卡9和卡10)，其下层为两个存在关联的卡片(例如卡11和卡12)。则处于目标区域的第二子区域的卡10在向左移动隐藏的过程中。参照图47中(b)所示，卡10则存在一定透明度，可以透出显示卡10下方的卡12。其余类似情况同理。
另外，为了带给用户更好的使用体验，手机在响应于用户实施的左滑操作，删除第一桌面的目标区域的卡片堆中最顶层的待删除卡片时，手机可以在第一桌面中显示确认信息，用以让用户确认是否删除待删除卡片。
例如，以图15中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为最顶层单独存在的航班卡片1501为例。参照图48中(a)所示，手机在接收到用户对航班卡片1501的左滑操作时，手机可以在第一桌面中显示确认弹窗4801。该确认弹窗4801中可以存在有提示用户确认的信息，例如：是否移除“航班出行”卡片？移除后不会删除任何APP或数据。该确认弹窗4801还包括确认选项4802和取消选项4803。
手机在接收到用户对该确认选项4802的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除航班卡片1501。手机在接收到用户对该取消选项4803的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以不再删除该航班卡片1501。
又例如，以图23中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的任一卡片-会议提醒卡片2301为例。参照图48中(b)所示，手机在接收到用户对会议提醒卡片2301的左滑操作时，手机可以在第一桌面中显示确认弹窗4804。该确认弹窗4804中可以存在有提示用户确认的信息，例如：是否移除“会议”卡片？移除后不会删除任何APP或数据。该确认弹窗4804还包括确认选项4805和取消选项4806。
手机在接收到用户对该确认选项4805的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除会议提醒卡片2601。手机在接收到用户对该取消选项4806的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以不再删除该会议提醒卡片2301。
再例如，以图24中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的从卡-健康码卡片2401为例。参照图48中(c)所示，手机在接收到用户对健康码卡片2401的左滑操作时，手机可以在第一桌面中显示确认弹窗4807。该确认弹窗4807中可以存在有提示用户确认的信息，例如：是否移除“健康码”卡片？移除后不会删除任何APP或数据。该确认弹窗4807还包括确认选项4808和取消选项4809。
手机在接收到用户对该确认选项4808的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除会议提醒卡片2401。手机在接收到用户对该取消选项4809的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以不再删除该会议提醒卡片2401。
此外，为了方便用户使用，参照图48中(a)和(b)和(c)所示，确认弹窗4801和确认弹窗4804和确认弹窗4807中均存在有不再提示选项X。手机可以响应于用户对任一确认弹窗中提示选项X的触发操作，在之后接收用户对如图48中(a)和(b)和(c)的待删除卡片后，则不会再显示上述的确认弹窗，而是直接删除待删除卡片。
此外，若待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层中存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡时，手机则可以响应于用户对该待删除卡片的左滑操作，显示无法取消的确认信息。从而让用户可以确认是否删除待删除卡片及其对应的主卡。
示例性的，以图24中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡-航班卡片1901为例。参照图48中(d)所示，手机在接收到用户对航班卡片1901的左滑操作时，手机可以在第一桌面中显示确认弹窗4810。该确认弹窗4810中可以存在有提示用户确认的信息，例如：是否移除“航班出行”卡片？“健康码”卡片将会被同步移除，移除后不会删除任何APP或数据。该确认弹窗4810还包括确认选项4811和取消选项4812。
手机在接收到用户对该确认选项4811的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除航班卡片1901和健康码卡片2401。手机在接收到用户对该取消选项4812的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以不再删除航班卡片1901和健康码卡片2401。
前述图48中的实例以手机为非折叠屏手机或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机为例，手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机的实例同理，此处不再赘述。
另一种可实现的方式中，该删除操作可以包括对待删除卡片的长按操作触发手机显示设置弹窗，以及对设置弹窗中移动卡片选项的触发操作。
例如，以图15中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为最顶层单独存在的航班卡片1501为例。参照图49中(a)所示，手机可以接收并响应于用户对航班卡片1501的长按操作时，手机可以控制航班卡片1501高亮显示，并在航班卡片1501的周围(例如左下角方位)显示设置弹窗4901。该设置弹窗4901中可以包括移除卡片选项4902。手机在接收到用户对该移除卡片选项4902的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除航班卡片1501。
又例如，以图23中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的任一卡片-会议提醒卡片2301为例。参照图49中(b)所示，手机在接收到用户对会议提醒卡片2301的长按操作时，手机可以控制会议提醒卡片2301 高亮显示，并在会议提醒卡片2301的周围显示设置弹窗4903。该设置弹窗4903中可以包括移除卡片选项4904。手机在接收到用户对该移除卡片选项4904的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除会议提醒卡片2301。
再例如，以图24中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的从卡-健康码卡片2401为例。参照图49中(c)所示，手机在接收到用户对健康码卡片2401的长按操作时，手机可以控制健康码卡片2401高亮显示，并在健康码卡片2401的周围显示设置弹窗4905。该设置弹窗4905中可以包括移除卡片选项4906。手机在接收到用户对该移除卡片选项4906的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除健康码卡片2401。
此外，若待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层中存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡时，手机则可以响应于用户对该待删除卡片的长按操作以及对设置弹窗中移除卡片的触发操作，可以显示无法主动取消的确认信息。从而让用户可以确认是否删除待删除卡片及其对应的主卡。这样，对于删除较多卡片的场景中，可以强制让用户确认是否继续删除。
示例性的，以图24中(b)所示第一桌面，待删除卡片为卡片堆最顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡-航班卡片1901为例。参照图50中(a)所示，手机在接收到用户对航班卡片1901的长按操作时，手机可以控制健康码卡片2401和航班卡片1901高亮显示，并在健康码卡片2401的周围显示设置弹窗5001。该设置弹窗5001中可以包括移除卡片选项5002。手机在接收并响应于用户对该移除卡片选项5001的触发操作(例如点击操作)，参照图50中(b)所示，手机可以显示确认弹窗5003。该确认弹窗5003中可以存在有提示用户确认的信息，例如：是否移除“航班出行”卡片？“健康码”卡片将会被同步移除，移除后不会删除任何APP或数据。该确认弹窗5003还包括确认选项5004和取消选项5005。
手机在接收到用户对该确认选项5004的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以继续删除航班卡片1501和健康码卡片2401。手机在接收到用户对该取消选项5005的触发操作(例如点击操作)，手机可以不再删除航班卡片1501和健康码卡片2401。
前述图49和图50中的实例以手机为非折叠屏手机或者处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机为例，手机为处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机的实例同理，此处不再赘述。
在上述删除操作的另一种可实现方式中，删除待删除卡片的具体实现可以参照前述图39-图45所示的实例，此处不再赘述。
在本申请实施例中，待删除卡片的失效以及用户对待删除卡片实施的删除操作，都可以视为删除事件。手机则可以获取并响应于该删除事件，实施针对该待删除卡片的一系列删除动作。
例如，针对非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，若目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况，手机可以在获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第一待删除卡片的第一删除事件并响应于该第一删除事件，不再在目标区域中显示第一待删除卡片，并将目标卡片堆的顶层中与第一待删除卡片并行关联的第一待独立卡片增大至第一待独立卡片 完全覆盖目标卡片堆的顶层；第一待删除卡片为目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的任一张卡片。
又例如，针对非折叠屏手机或处于折叠状态使用外屏显示的折叠屏手机，若目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片的情况，若手机获取到针对该从属关联的两张卡片中主卡(即第二待删除卡片)的第二删除事件，则响应于该第二删除事件，手机可以不再在目标区域中显示目标卡片堆的顶层，而是显示目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层。
又例如，针对处于展开状态使用内屏显示的折叠屏手机，若目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况，手机可以在获取对目标卡片堆的顶层中的第三待删除卡片的第三删除事件并响应于该第三删除事件，不再在目标区域中显示第三待删除卡片。进一步的，若第三待删除卡片原先显示在目标区域的第二子区域，则将目标卡片堆顶层中与第三待删除卡片并行关联的待独立卡片移动值目标区域的第二子区域显示。更进一步的，若目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层为存在并行关联或从属关联的两张卡片，则电子设备将目标卡片堆的顶层中与第三待删除卡片并行关联的第二待独立卡片移动至目标区域的第二子区域显示后，在目标区域的第一子区域显示第一基础卡片。
可以理解的是，上述电子设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对电子设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备，该电子设备包括：显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；显示屏、存储器与处理器耦合；其中，存储器中存储有计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当计算机指令被处理器执行时，使得电子设备执行如前述实施例提供的风格转换方法。该电子设备的具体结构可参照图2中所示的电子设备的结构。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质包括计算机指令，当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如前述实施例提供的信息显示方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，该计算机程序产品包含可执行指令，当该计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如前述实施例提供的信息显示方法。
通过以上实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方 便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上内容，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (15)

  1. 一种信息显示方法，其特征在于，应用于电子设备，所述方法包括：
    所述电子设备显示第一桌面，所述第一桌面的目标区域的第一子区域显示有第一基础卡片，所述目标区域的第二子区域显示有第二基础卡片；所述第一基础卡片显示有系统应用的内容，所述第二基础卡片显示有第二系统应用的内容；
    在所述目标区域显示所述第一基础卡片和所述第二基础卡片的情况下，所述电子设备若新生成了第一卡片，则在所述目标区域中显示所述第一卡片；所述第一卡片用于显示第一通知信息；
    在所述目标区域显示所述第一基础卡片和所述第二基础卡片的情况下，所述电子设备若新生成了第三卡片和第四卡片，且所述第三卡片和所述第四卡片并行关联或者从属关联，则所述电子设备在所述目标区域中显示所述第三卡片和所述第四卡片；其中，所述第三卡片用于显示第三通知信息，第四卡片用于显示第四通知信息；所述并行关联指优先级相同，所述从属关联指显示的通知信息之间存在关联。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备若新生成了第一卡片，则在所述目标区域中显示所述第一卡片之后，所述方法还包括：
    在所述目标区域显示所述第一卡片的情况下，若所述电子设备新生成了第二卡片，且所述第二卡片与所述第一卡片并行关联或从属关联，则所述电子设备在所述目标区域的第一子区域中显示所述第二卡片，在所述目标区域的第二子区域中显示所述第一卡片；所述第二卡片用于显示第二通知信息。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述目标区域中显示所述第一卡片，包括：
    所述电子设备将所述第一卡片覆盖在所述第一基础卡片和所述第二基础卡片之上，形成第一卡片堆；所述第一卡片堆包括两层，所述第一卡片堆的底层包括所述第一基础卡片和所述第二基础卡片，所述第一卡片堆的顶层包括所述第一卡片。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一卡片堆中，所述第一基础卡片在底层中对应所述目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，所述第二基础卡片在所述底层中对应所述目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；所述第一卡片在顶层中对应所述目标区域的区域中。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述目标区域的第一子区域中显示所述第二卡片，在所述目标区域的第二子区域中显示所述第一卡片，包括：
    所述电子设备将所述第一卡片缩小至与所述第二基础卡片相同，并使所述第一卡片显示在所述目标区域的第二子区域中；
    所述电子设备在缩小所述第一卡片的过程中，按照预设步长增大所述第二卡片显示在所述目标区域的第一子区域中的部分；在所述第一卡片缩小至与所述第二基础卡片相同且所述第一卡片显示在所述目标区域的第二子区域中时，所述第二卡片完全显示在所述目标区域的第一子区域中。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况 下，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备获取对所述目标卡片堆的顶层中的第一待删除卡片的第一删除事件；所述第一待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；
    若所述电子设备响应于所述第一删除事件，不再在所述目标区域中显示所述第一待删除卡片，并将所述目标卡片堆的顶层中与所述第一待删除卡片并行关联的第一待独立卡片增大至所述第一待独立卡片完全覆盖所述目标卡片堆的顶层。
  7. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备获取对所述目标卡片堆的顶层中的第二待删除卡片的第二删除事件；所述第二待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；
    若所述第二待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡，则所述电子设备响应于所述第二删除事件，在所述目标区域中显示所述目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层，不再显示所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片。
  8. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一卡片堆中，所述第一基础卡片在底层中对应所述目标区域的第一子区域的区域中，所述第二基础卡片在所述底层中对应所述目标区域的第二子区域的区域中；所述第一卡片在顶层中对应所述目标区域的第二子区域的区域中。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备在所述目标区域的第一子区域中显示所述第二卡片，在所述目标区域的第二子区域中显示所述第一卡片，包括：
    所述电子设备按照预设步长增大所述第二卡片覆盖在所述第一基础卡片上的部分，直至所述第二卡片完全显示在所述目标区域的第一子区域中。
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备获取对所述目标卡片堆的顶层中的第三待删除卡片的第三删除事件；所述第三待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在并行关联的两张卡片中的一张；
    所述电子设备响应于所述第三删除事件，不再在所述目标区域中显示所述第三待删除卡片。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述第三待删除卡片显示在所述目标区域的第一子区域，则所述电子设备响应于所述第三删除事件，不再在所述目标区域中显示所述第三待删除卡片时，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备将所述目标卡片堆的顶层中与所述第三待删除卡片并行关联的第二待独立卡片移动至所述目标区域的第二子区域显示。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，若所述目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层为存在并行关联或从属关联的两张卡片，则所述电子设备将所述目标卡片堆的顶层中与所述第三待删除卡片并行关联的第二待独立卡片移动至所述目标区域的第二子区域显示后，在所述目标区域的第一子区域显示所述第一基础卡片。
  13. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标区域存在由至少两个卡片组成的目标卡片堆，且所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片的情况下，所述方法还包括：
    所述电子设备获取对所述目标卡片堆的顶层中的第四待删除卡片的第四删除事件；所述第四待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的一张卡片；
    若所述第四待删除卡片为所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片中的主卡，则所述电子设备响应于所述第四删除事件，在所述目标区域中显示所述目标卡片堆的顶层的下一层，不再显示所述目标卡片堆的顶层存在从属关联的两张卡片。
  14. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，包括显示屏、存储器和一个或多个处理器；所述显示屏、所述存储器与所述处理器耦合；其中，所述存储器中存储有计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令被所述处理器执行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的信息显示方法。
  15. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-13任一项所述的信息显示方法。
PCT/CN2023/114312 2022-09-13 2023-08-22 一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质 WO2024055822A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211112308.6A CN117742627A (zh) 2022-09-13 2022-09-13 一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质
CN202211112308.6 2022-09-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024055822A1 true WO2024055822A1 (zh) 2024-03-21

Family

ID=90259654

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/114312 WO2024055822A1 (zh) 2022-09-13 2023-08-22 一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117742627A (zh)
WO (1) WO2024055822A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170083590A1 (en) * 2015-09-21 2017-03-23 Airwatch, Llc Secure bubble content recommendation based on a calendar invite
CN111580906A (zh) * 2020-04-28 2020-08-25 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 一种界面显示方法、相关设备及存储介质
CN113722027A (zh) * 2021-04-14 2021-11-30 荣耀终端有限公司 一种通知消息的显示方法及电子设备
CN113805765A (zh) * 2021-08-12 2021-12-17 荣耀终端有限公司 一种卡片显示方法及电子设备
CN113824842A (zh) * 2021-08-12 2021-12-21 荣耀终端有限公司 一种通知消息的展示方法及电子设备
CN115016867A (zh) * 2021-09-15 2022-09-06 荣耀终端有限公司 一种卡片管理方法和终端设备

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170083590A1 (en) * 2015-09-21 2017-03-23 Airwatch, Llc Secure bubble content recommendation based on a calendar invite
CN111580906A (zh) * 2020-04-28 2020-08-25 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 一种界面显示方法、相关设备及存储介质
CN113722027A (zh) * 2021-04-14 2021-11-30 荣耀终端有限公司 一种通知消息的显示方法及电子设备
CN113805765A (zh) * 2021-08-12 2021-12-17 荣耀终端有限公司 一种卡片显示方法及电子设备
CN113824842A (zh) * 2021-08-12 2021-12-21 荣耀终端有限公司 一种通知消息的展示方法及电子设备
CN115016867A (zh) * 2021-09-15 2022-09-06 荣耀终端有限公司 一种卡片管理方法和终端设备

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117742627A (zh) 2024-03-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11740755B2 (en) Systems, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with augmented and virtual reality environments
DK180787B1 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects corresponding to applications
DK180317B1 (en) Systems, methods, and user interfaces for interacting with multiple application windows
WO2019046597A1 (en) GRAPHIC USER SYSTEMS, METHODS AND INTERFACES FOR INTERACTING WITH ENHANCED AND VIRTUAL REALITY ENVIRONMENTS
WO2021184375A1 (zh) 执行手势指令的方法、装置、系统及存储介质
US20220391158A1 (en) Systems and Methods for Interacting with Multiple Display Devices
EP4097578B1 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects
WO2012110989A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program product for integrated application and task manager display
WO2023015960A1 (zh) 一种通知消息的展示方法及电子设备
WO2024016917A1 (zh) 日历视图的显示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质
WO2024007703A1 (zh) 任务显示区的显示方法、窗口的显示方法及电子设备
WO2023083184A1 (zh) 桌面管理方法、图形用户界面及电子设备
WO2024055822A1 (zh) 一种信息显示方法、电子设备和存储介质
WO2024109220A1 (zh) 显示卡片的方法、电子设备及可读存储介质
CN116679864B (zh) 一种触控交互的处理方法及电子设备
CN118034568B (zh) 手写输入处理的方法及装置
WO2024114234A1 (zh) 一种单手操作方法及电子设备
CN114385153A (zh) 界面编辑方法、编辑终端及计算机可读存储介质
CN117519564A (zh) 一种弹幕消息发布方法及装置
CN116483618A (zh) 数据备份方法及系统、存储介质及电子设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23864555

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1